*** empty log message ***

Include "closeout.h".

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -134,7 +134,8 @@ Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
 International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of August 1996:
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of February
+1997:
 
      Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
      English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
@@ -172,40 +173,42 @@ Available Packages
 
    Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
 following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of August 1996.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
+as of February 1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
 which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
 coordination.
 
-                       cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
+     Ready PO files    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
                      .-------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |                []       []                |  2
-     bison           |                []       []                |  2
+     bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
+     bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
      clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []          []             []          |  3
-     diffutils       |                []             []       [] |  3
+     cpio            |    []    []    []       []    []          |  5
+     diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
      enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
-     fileutils       |    []          []       []    [] []    [] |  6
-     findutils       |    []          []       []    []       [] |  5
-     flex            |                []                         |  1
-     gcal            |    []                                     |  1
-     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] | 10
-     glibc           |    []    []          []                   |  3
-     grep            |          []    []    [] []    []    [] [] |  7
-     hello           |    []          []    [] []    [] [] [] [] |  8
+     fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
+     findutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
+     flex            |                []    []                [] |  3
+     gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
+     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
+     grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
+     hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
+     id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
+     indent          |    []                []                   |  2
+     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
      m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |                      [] []                |  2
-     mkid            |    []          []                         |  2
+     make            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
      music           |                []                         |  1
-     ptx             |    []          []       []    []       [] |  5
-     recode          |    []    []    []       []    []    [] [] |  7
-     sh-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
-     sharutils       |    []          []       []             [] |  4
-     tar             |    []          []    [] [] []    [] [] [] |  8
-     textutils       |    []          []    [] []    []          |  5
-     wdiff           | [] []          []       []             [] |  5
+     ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
+     recode          |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
+     sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
+     sharutils       |    []    []    []       []             [] |  5
+     tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
+     texinfo         |                                           |  0
+     textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
+     wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
                      `-------------------------------------------'
-                       cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-                        1 18  1  4  1 22  1  7 16  3 10  3  6 12  105
+       14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
+       27 packages      1 22  1 14  1 25  1 10 20  7 14  7  7 15  145
 
    Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -218,6 +221,6 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
 GNU distribution.
 
-   If August 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
-this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
+   If February 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
 

COPYING

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
  Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -304,8 +304,9 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 

INSTALL

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
      `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
      `configure' itself.
 
-     Running `configure' takes a while.  While running, it prints some
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
      messages telling which features it is checking for.
 
   2. Type `make' to compile the package.
@@ -167,7 +167,9 @@ operates.
 `--quiet'
 `--silent'
 `-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
 
 `--srcdir=DIR'
      Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
@@ -178,4 +180,3 @@ operates.
      script, and exit.
 
 `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
-

THANKS

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
+The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
+
+Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
+Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
+Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
+Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
+Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
+Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
+Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
+James: james@albion.glarp.com
+James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
+Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
+Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
+Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
+Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
+Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
+Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
+Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
+Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
+Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
+Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
+Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
+Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
+Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
-# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
-# automatically
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
+
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# old systems.
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1e from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
 
 SHELL = /bin/sh
@@ -32,117 +38,213 @@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
 top_builddir = ..
 
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
+
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
-# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
-# automatically
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
-mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
+
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# old systems.
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-
-MAKEINFO = makeinfo
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-INFOS = fileutils.info fileutils.info[-0-9]*
+TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-
-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi
 
 
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
-DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
+GZIP = --best
 default: all
 
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
 
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
-Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status Makefile.in
-	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
 
 version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
+	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
+	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi || cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi
-	rm vti.tmp
-	echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
+	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+	-@rm -f vti.tmp
 
 mostlyclean-vti:
-	rm -f vti.tmp
+	-rm -f vti.tmp
 
 clean-vti:
 
 distclean-vti:
 
 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
 
 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
 
 
+DVIPS = dvips
+
 .texi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.texi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texinfo.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texinfo.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+.dvi.ps:
+	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
-install-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  for ifile in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
-	    if test -f $(srcdir)/$$ifile; then \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
 
 uninstall-info:
-	cd $(srcdir) && for file in *.info*; do	\
-	  rm -f $(infodir)/$$file; \
+	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  ii=yes; \
+	else ii=; fi; \
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  test -z "$ii" \
+	    || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	done
+	$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
 	done
 
-mostlyclean-info:
-	rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.log \
-	  fileutils.pg fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.vr \
-	  fileutils.op
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	done
 
-clean-info:
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.kys \
+	  fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg fileutils.toc \
+	  fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr fileutils.vrs \
+	  fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv fileutils.cn
 
-distclean-info:
+clean-aminfo:
 
-maintainer-clean-info:
-	rm -f $(INFOS)
+distclean-aminfo:
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  rm -f $$i; \
+	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
+	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
 
@@ -150,74 +252,77 @@ TAGS:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = doc
-distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES)
-	@for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
+	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
 info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-
 dvi: $(DVIS)
-
 check: all
-
+	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
-
 install-exec: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
-install-data: install-info
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+install-data: install-info-am
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install: install-exec install-data all
 	@:
 
 uninstall: uninstall-info
 
-all: $(INFO_DEPS) Makefile
+all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
 	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
 
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
+	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
-	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log $(CONFIG_HEADER) stamp-h
+	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-generic
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-vti clean-info clean-generic mostlyclean 
+clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
 
-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic clean 
-	rm -f config.status
+distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
+	-rm -f config.status
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean 
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
 .PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \
-distclean-info clean-info maintainer-clean-info tags distdir info dvi \
-check installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
+distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info \
+dvi installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .texi .texinfo .info .dvi
 
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -1,16 +1,11 @@
-@ifinfo
-@set Francois Franc,ois
-@end ifinfo
-@tex
-@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
-@end tex
-
 @node Date input formats
 @chapter Date input formats
 
 @cindex date input formats
 @findex getdate
 
+First, a quote:
+
 @quotation
 Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
 complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
@@ -51,7 +46,7 @@ midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
 * Calendar date item::             19 Dec 1994.
 * Time of day item::               9:20pm.
-* Timezone item::                  EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
+* Time zone item::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
 * Day of week item::               Monday and others.
 * Relative item in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
@@ -77,7 +72,7 @@ many flavors of items:
 @item time zone items
 @item day of the week items
 @item relative items
-@item pure numbers.  
+@item pure numbers.
 @end itemize
 
 @noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
@@ -113,7 +108,7 @@ zeros on numbers are ignored.
 
 @cindex calendar date item
 
-A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year.  It is 
+A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year.  It is
 specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
@@ -210,161 +205,139 @@ indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
 
-@cindex timezone correction
-@cindex minutes, timezone correction by
-The time may alternatively be followed by a timezone correction,
+@cindex time zone correction
+@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
+The time may alternatively be followed by a time zone correction,
 expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
-of zone minutes.  When a timezone correction is given this way, it
-forces interpretation of the time in UTC, overriding any previous
-specification for the timezone or the local timezone.  The @var{minute}
-part of the time of the day may not be elided when a timezone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a timezone correction by
+of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
+forces interpretation of the time relative to
+Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
+part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
+is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.
 
-Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a timezone correction may be specified,
+Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
 but not both.
 
 
-@node Timezone item
-@section Timezone item
+@node Time zone item
+@section Time zone item
 
-@cindex timezone item
+@cindex time zone item
 
-A @dfn{timezone item} specifies an international timezone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-timezone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a timezone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the timezone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
+a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
+but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
+for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
+Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
+time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
+zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
+section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
 
-Here are many non-daylight-savings-time timezones, indexed by the zone
+Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
 hour value.
 
 @table @asis
-@item +000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Western European Time
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean, @samp{UT} or @samp{UTC} for Universal
-(Coordinated), @samp{WET} for Western European and @samp{Z} for
-militaries.
-@item +100
-@cindex West African Time
-@samp{WAT} for West Africa and
-@samp{A} for militaries.
-@item +200
-@cindex Azores Time
-@samp{AT} for Azores and @samp{B} for militaries.
-@item +300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +400
-@cindex Atlantic Standard Time
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard and @samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +500
-@cindex Eastern Standard Time
-@samp{E} for militaries and @samp{EST} for Eastern Standard.
-@item +600
-@cindex Central Standard Time
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard and @samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +700
-@cindex Mountain Standard Time
-@samp{G} for militaries and @samp{MST} for Mountain Standard.
-@item +800
-@cindex Pacific Standard Time
-@samp{H} for militaries and @samp{PST} for Pacific Standard.
-@item +900
-@cindex Yukon Standard Time
-@samp{I} for militaries and @samp{YST} for Yukon Standard.
-@item +1000
-@cindex Alaska-Hawaii Time
-@cindex Central Alaska Time
-@cindex Hawaii Standard Time
-@samp{AHST} for Alaska-Hawaii Standard, @samp{CAT} for Central Alaska,
-@samp{HST} for Hawaii Standard and @samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@cindex Nome Standard Time
-@samp{L} for militaries and @samp{NT} for Nome.
-@item +1200
-@cindex International Date Line West
-@samp{IDLW} for International Date Line West and @samp{M} for
-militaries.
-@item -100
-@cindex Central European Time
-@cindex Middle European Time
-@cindex Middle European Winter Time
-@cindex French Winter Time
-@cindex Swedish Winter Time
-@samp{CET} for Central European, @samp{FWT} for French Winter,
-@samp{MET} for Middle European, @samp{MEWT} for Middle European
-Winter, @samp{N} for militaries and @samp{SWT} for Swedish Winter.
-@item -200
-@cindex Eastern European Time
-@cindex USSR Zone
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European, USSR Zone 1 and @samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -300
-@cindex Baghdad Time
-@samp{BT} for Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 and @samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -400
-@samp{Q} for militaries and @samp{ZP4} for USSR Zone 3.
-@item -500
-@samp{R} for militaries and @samp{ZP5} for USSR Zone 4.
-@item -600
-@samp{S} for militaries and @samp{ZP6} for USSR Zone 5.
-@item -700
-@cindex West Australian Standard Time
-@samp{T} for militaries and @samp{WAST} for West Australian Standard.
-@item -800
-@cindex China Coast Time
-@samp{CCT} for China Coast, USSR Zone 7 and @samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -900
-@cindex Japan Standard Time
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 and @samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@cindex East Australian Standard Time
-@cindex Guam Standard Time
-@samp{EAST} for East Australian Standard, @samp{GST} for Guam
-Standard, USSR Zone 9 and @samp{W} for militaries.
+@item -1200
+@samp{Y} for militaries.
 @item -1100
 @samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1200
-@cindex International Date Line East
-@cindex New Zealand Standard Time
-@samp{IDLE} for International Date Line East, @samp{NZST} for
-New Zealand Standard, @samp{NZT} for New Zealand and @samp{Y} for
-militaries.
+@item -1000
+@samp{W} for militaries.
+@item -0900
+@samp{V} for militaries.
+@item -0800
+@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
+@samp{U} for militaries.
+@item -0700
+@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
+@samp{T} for militaries.
+@item -0600
+@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
+@samp{S} for militaries.
+@item -0500
+@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
+@samp{R} for militaries.
+@item -0400
+@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
+@samp{Q} for militaries.
+@item -0300
+@samp{P} for militaries.
+@item -0200
+@samp{O} for militaries.
+@item -0100
+@samp{N} for militaries.
+@item +0000
+@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
+@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
+@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
+@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
+@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
+@samp{UT} for Universal,
+@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
+@samp{WET} for Western European, and
+@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
+@item +0100
+@samp{A} for militaries,
+@samp{CET} for Central European,
+@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
+@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
+@item +0200
+@samp{B} for militaries, and
+@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
+@item +0300
+@samp{C} for militaries.
+@item +0400
+@samp{D} for militaries.
+@item +0500
+@samp{E} for militaries.
+@item +0600
+@samp{F} for militaries.
+@item +0700
+@samp{G} for militaries.
+@item +0800
+@samp{H} for militaries.
+@item +0900
+@samp{I} for militaries, and
+@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
+@item +1000
+@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
+@samp{K} for militaries.
+@item +1100
+@samp{L} for militaries.
+@item +1200
+@samp{M} for militaries, and
+@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
 @end table
 
-@cindex daylight savings time
-Here are many DST timezones, indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST timezone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST timezone
+@cindex daylight-saving time
+Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
+indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
+following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
+(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
 may be specified.
 
 @table @asis
-@item 0
-@samp{BST} for British Summer.
-@item +400
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +500
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item +600
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item +700
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item +800
+@item -0700
 @samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item +900
-@samp{YDT} for Yukon Daylight.
-@item +1000
-@samp{HDT} for Hawaii Daylight.
-@item -100
-@samp{MEST} for Middle European Summer, @samp{MESZ} for Middle European
-Summer, @samp{SST} for Swedish Summer and @samp{FST} for French Summer.
-@item -700
-@samp{WADT} for West Australian Daylight.
-@item -1000
-@samp{EADT} for Eastern Australian Daylight.
-@item -1200
+@item -0600
+@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
+@item -0500
+@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
+@item -0400
+@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
+@item -0300
+@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
+@item +0100
+@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
+@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
+@item +0200
+@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
+@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
+@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
+@item +1300
 @samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
 @end table
 
@@ -503,6 +476,6 @@ and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.
-This chapter was originally produced by @value{Francois} Pinard
+This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
 (@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
 and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

doc/mdate-sh

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 # Prevent date giving response in another language.
 LANG=C
@@ -25,14 +25,15 @@ export LC_ALL
 LC_TIME=C
 export LC_TIME
 
-# Get the extended ls output of the file.
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
 if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set - `ls -L -l $1`
+  set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
 else
-  set - `ls -l $1`
+  set - x`ls -l -d $1`
 fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument.
-# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop)
+# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
 shift
 shift
 shift

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -18,12 +18,7 @@
 @syncodeindex pg cp
 @syncodeindex vr cp
 
-@ifinfo
-@set Francois Franc,ois
-@end ifinfo
-@tex
-@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
-@end tex
+@set Francois Fran@,{c}ois
 
 @ifinfo
 @format
@@ -125,8 +120,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @cindex shell utilities
 @cindex utilities for shell programming
 
-This manual minimally documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell
-utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::                Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -172,7 +166,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -184,11 +178,13 @@ sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
 @c Sorry, but the @value trick doesn't work with TeX in indexing
 @c commands, and I don't want to fix it right now. --karl.
-@cindex Pinard, Francois
+@cindex Pinard, @value{Francois}
 @cindex Berry, Karl
 @cindex Stallman, Richard
-This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
-were originally written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim Meyering.
+This manual was originally derived from the Unix man pages in the
+distribution, which were written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim
+Meyering.  What you are reading now is the authoritative documentation
+for these utilities;  the man pages are no longer being maintained.
 @value{Francois} Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
 Karl Berry did the indexing, some reorganization, and editing of the results.
 Richard Stallman contributed his usual invaluable insights to the
@@ -722,53 +718,92 @@ Exit status:
 @end display
 
 @menu
-* Relations for expr::          | & < <= = == != >= >
+* String expressions::          <colon> match substr index length quote
 * Numeric expressions::         + - * / %
-* String expressions::          : match substr index length
+* Relations for expr::          | & < <= = == != >= >
 * Examples of expr::            Examples.
 @end menu
 
 
-@node Relations for expr
-@subsection Relations for @code{expr}
+@node String expressions
+@subsection String expressions
 
-@cindex connectives, logical
-@cindex logical connectives
-@cindex relations, numeric or string
+@cindex string expressions
+@cindex expressions, string
 
-The usual logical connectives and relations, in order of precedence.
+@code{expr} supports pattern matching and other string operators.  These
+have lower precedence than both the numeric and relational operators (in
+the next sections).
 
 @table @samp
 
-@item |
-@kindex |
-@cindex logical or operator
-@cindex or operator
-Yields its first argument if it is neither null nor 0, otherwise its
-second argument.
+@item @var{string} : @var{regex}
+@cindex pattern matching
+@cindex regular expression matching
+@cindex matching patterns
+Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are coerced to strings and the
+second is considered to be a (basic, a la GNU @code{grep}) regular
+expression, with a @code{^} implicitly prepended.  The first argument is
+then matched against this regular expression.
 
-@item &
-@kindex &
-@cindex logical and operator
-@cindex and operator
-Yields its first argument if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
-0.
+If the match succeeds and @var{regex} uses @samp{\(} and @samp{\)}, the
+@code{:} expression returns the part of @var{string} that matched the
+subexpression; otherwise, it returns the number of characters matched.
 
-@item < <= = == != >= >
-@kindex <
-@kindex <=
-@kindex =
-@kindex ==
-@kindex >
-@kindex >=
-@cindex comparison operators
-Compare the arguments and return 1 if the relation is true, 0 otherwise.
-@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to coerce
-both arguments to numbers and do a numeric comparison; if either
-coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
+If the match fails, the @code{:} operator returns the null string if
+@samp{\(} and @samp{\)} are used in @var{regex}, otherwise 0.
+
+@kindex \( @r{regexp operator}
+Only the first @samp{\( @dots{} \)} pair is relevant to the return
+value; additional pairs are meaningful only for grouping the regular
+expression operators.
+
+@kindex \+ @r{regexp operator}
+@kindex \? @r{regexp operator}
+@kindex \| @r{regexp operator}
+In the regular expression, @code{\+}, @code{\?}, and @code{\|} are
+operators which respectively match one or more, zero or one, or separate
+alternatives.  SunOS and other @code{expr}'s treat these as regular
+characters.  (POSIX allows either behavior.)
+@xref{Top, , Regular Expression Library, regex, Regex}, for details of
+regular expression syntax.  Some examples are in @ref{Examples of expr}.
+
+@item match @var{string} @var{regex}
+@findex match
+An alternative way to do pattern matching.  This is the same as
+@w{@samp{@var{string} : @var{regex}}}.
+
+@item substr @var{string} @var{position} @var{length}
+@findex substr
+Returns the substring of @var{string} beginning at @var{position}
+with length at most @var{length}.  If either @var{position} or
+@var{length} is negative, zero, or non-numeric, returns the null string.
+
+@item index @var{string} @var{charset}
+@findex index
+Returns the first position in @var{string} where the first character in
+@var{charset} was found.  If no character in @var{charset} is found in
+@var{string}, return 0.
+
+@item length @var{string}
+@findex length
+Returns the length of @var{string}.
+
+@item quote @var{token}
+@findex quote
+Interpret @var{token} as a string, even if it is a keyword like @var{match}
+or an operator like @code{/}.
+This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
+@code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
+the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
+This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
+the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
 
 @end table
 
+To make @code{expr} interpret keywords as strings, you must use the
+@code{quote} operator.
+
 
 @node Numeric expressions
 @subsection Numeric expressions
@@ -776,9 +811,9 @@ coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
 @cindex numeric expressions
 @cindex expressions, numeric
 
-Numeric operators, in order of increasing precedence.  The connectives
-(previous section) have higher precedence, the string operators
-(following section) have lower.
+@code{expr} supports the usual numeric operators, in order of increasing
+precedence.  The string operators (previous section) have lower precedence,
+the connectives (next section) have higher.
 
 @table @samp
 
@@ -803,67 +838,51 @@ numbers; an error occurs if this cannot be done.
 @end table
 
 
-@node String expressions
-@subsection String expressions
+@node Relations for expr
+@subsection Relations for @code{expr}
 
-@cindex string expressions
-@cindex expressions, string
+@cindex connectives, logical
+@cindex logical connectives
+@cindex relations, numeric or string
 
-String operators.  These have lowest precedence.
+@code{expr} supports the usual logical connectives and relations.  These
+are higher precedence than either the string or numeric operators
+(previous sections).  Here is the list, lowest-precedence operator first.
 
 @table @samp
 
-@item @var{string} : @var{regex}
-@cindex pattern matching
-@cindex regular expression matching
-@cindex matching patterns
-Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are coerced to strings and the
-second is considered to be a (basic, a la @code{grep}) regular
-expression, with a @code{^} implicitly prepended.  The first argument is
-then matched against this regular expression.
+@item |
+@kindex |
+@cindex logical or operator
+@cindex or operator
+Returns its first argument if that is neither null nor 0, otherwise its
+second argument.
 
-If the match succeeds and @var{regex} uses @samp{\(} and @samp{\)}, the
-@code{:} expression returns the part of @var{string} that matched the
-subexpression; otherwise, it returns the number of characters matched.
+@item &
+@kindex &
+@cindex logical and operator
+@cindex and operator
+Return its first argument if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
+0.
 
-If the match fails, the @code{:} operator returns the null string if
-@samp{\(} and @samp{\)} are used in @var{regex}, otherwise 0.
-
-Only the first @samp{\( @dots{} \)} pair is relevant to the return
-value; additional pairs are meaningful only for grouping the regular
-expression operators.
-
-@xref{Top, , Regular Expression Library, regex, Regex}, for details of
-regular expression syntax.
-
-@item match @var{string} @var{regex}
-@findex match
-An alternative way to do pattern matching.  This is the same as
-@w{@samp{@var{string} : @var{regex}}}.
-
-@item substr @var{string} @var{position} @var{length}
-@findex substr
-Returns the substring of @var{string} beginning at @var{position}
-with length at most @var{length}.  If either @var{position} or
-@var{length} is negative or non-numeric, returns the null string.
-
-@item index @var{string} @var{character-class}
-@findex index
-Returns the first position in @var{string} where the first character in
-@var{charset} was found.  If no character in @var{charset} is found in
-@var{string}, return 0.
-
-@item length @var{string}
-@findex length
-Returns the length of @var{string}.
+@item < <= = == != >= >
+@kindex <
+@kindex <=
+@kindex =
+@kindex ==
+@kindex >
+@kindex >=
+@cindex comparison operators
+Compare the arguments and return 1 if the relation is true, 0 otherwise.
+@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to coerce
+both arguments to numbers and do a numeric comparison; if either
+coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
 
 @end table
 
-The keywords cannot be used as strings.
-
 
 @node Examples of expr
-@subsection Examples of @code{expr}
+@subsection Examples of using @code{expr}
 
 @cindex examples of @code{expr}
 Here are a few examples, including quoting for shell metacharacters.
@@ -879,6 +898,12 @@ To print the non-directory part of the file name stored in
 expr $fname : '.*/\(^.*\)' '^|' $fname
 @end example
 
+An example showing that @code{\+} is an operator:
+@example
+expr aaa : 'a\+'
+@result{} 3
+@end example
+
 @example
 expr abc : 'a\(.\)c'
 @result{} b
@@ -886,7 +911,8 @@ expr index abcdef cz
 @result{} 3
 expr index index a
 @error{} expr: syntax error
-
+expr index quote index a
+@result{} 0
 @end example
 
 
@@ -2029,6 +2055,14 @@ After the login time, print the number of hours and minutes that the
 user has been idle.  @samp{.} means the user was active in last minute.
 @samp{old} means the user was idle for more than 24 hours.
 
+@item -l
+@itemx --lookup
+@opindex -l
+@opindex --lookup
+Attempt to canonicalize hostnames found in utmp through a DNS lookup.  This
+is not the default because it can cause significant delays on systems with
+automatic dial-up internet access.
+
 @item -H
 @itemx --heading
 @opindex -H
@@ -2444,6 +2478,50 @@ use @samp{date --rfc}.  I just did and saw this:
 Mon, 25 Mar 1996 23:34:17 -0600
 @end example
 
+@item
+To convert a date string to the number of seconds since the epoch
+(which is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC), use the @samp{--date} option with
+the @samp{%s} format.  That can be useful in sorting and/or graphing
+and/or comparing data by date.  The following command outputs the
+number of the seconds since the epoch for the time one second later
+than the epoch, but in time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
+thus a total of five hours and one second after the epoch:
+
+@example
+date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01 UTC +5 hours' +%s
+18001
+@end example
+
+Suppose you had @emph{not} specified time zone information in the example above.
+Then, date would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
+interpreting the string.  Here's what you would get if you were in
+Greenwich, England:
+
+@example
+# local time zone used
+date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01' +%s
+1
+@end example
+
+@item
+If you're sorting or graphing dated data, your raw date values may be
+represented as seconds since the epoch.  But few people can look at
+the date @samp{946684800} and casually note ``Oh, that's the first second
+of the year 2000.''
+
+@example
+date --date='2000-01-01 UTC' +%s
+946684800
+@end example
+
+To convert such an unwieldy number of seconds back to
+a more readable form, use a command like this:
+
+@smallexample
+date -d '1970-01-01 946684800 sec' +"%Y-%m-%d %T %z"
+2000-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+@end smallexample
+
 @end itemize
 
 
@@ -2504,6 +2582,13 @@ Print the machine (hardware) type.
 @cindex network node name
 Print the machine's network node hostname.
 
+@item -p
+@itemx --processor
+@opindex -p
+@opindex --processor
+@cindex host processor type
+Print the machine's processor type
+
 @item -r
 @itemx --release
 @opindex -r

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -16,13 +16,6 @@
 @syncodeindex pg cp
 @syncodeindex vr cp
 
-@ifinfo
-@set Francois Franc,ois
-@end ifinfo
-@tex
-@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
-@end tex
-
 @ifinfo
 @format
 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@@ -115,8 +108,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @cindex text utilities
 @cindex utilities for text handling
 
-This manual minimally documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text
-utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text utilities.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::                       Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -150,17 +142,19 @@ The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{POSIX.2} standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{textutils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
 please include a description of the problem as well, since this is
 sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
 
-This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
-were originally written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim Meyering.
+This manual was originally derived from the Unix man pages in the
+distribution, which were written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim
+Meyering.  What you are reading now is the authoritative documentation
+for these utilities;  the man pages are no longer being maintained.
 The original @code{fmt} man page was written by Ross Paterson.
-@value{Francois} Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
+Fran@,{c}ois Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
 Karl Berry did the indexing, some reorganization, and editing of the results.
 Richard Stallman contributed his usual invaluable insights to the
 overall process.
@@ -578,6 +572,10 @@ string, or use this option more than once, @code{od} writes one copy
 of each output line using each of the data types that you specified,
 in the order that you specified.
 
+Adding a trailing ``z'' to any type specification appends a display
+of the ASCII character representation of the printable characters
+to the output line generated by the type specification.
+
 @table @samp
 @item a
 named character,
@@ -841,10 +839,12 @@ leaving the code unchanged.
 @pindex pr
 @cindex printing, preparing files for
 @cindex multicolumn output, generating
+@cindex merging files in parallel
 
 @code{pr} writes each @var{file} (@samp{-} means standard input), or
 standard input if none are given, to standard output, paginating and
-optionally outputting in multicolumn format.  Synopsis:
+optionally outputting in multicolumn format; optionally merges all
+@var{file}s, printing all in parallel, one per column.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 pr [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@@ -852,33 +852,50 @@ pr [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 
 By default, a 5-line header is printed: two blank lines; a line with the
 date, the file name, and the page count; and two more blank lines.  A
-five line footer (entirely) is also printed.
+footer of five blank lines is also printed. With the @samp{-f} option, a
+3-line header is printed: the leading two blank lines are omitted; no
+footer used. The default @var{page_length} in both cases is 66 lines.
+The text line of the header takes up the full @var{page_width} in the
+form @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM string Page nnnn}. String is a centered
+string.
 
-Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output.
+Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output. Multiple form
+feeds produce empty pages.
+
+Columns have equal width, separated by an optional string (default
+space). Lines will always be truncated to line width (default 72),
+unless you use the @samp{-j} option. For single column output no line
+truncation occurs by default. Use @samp{-w} option to truncate lines
+in that case.
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
 @table @samp
 
-@item +@var{page}
-Begin printing with page @var{page}.
+@item +@var{first_page}[@var{:last_page}]
+@opindex +@var{first_page}[@var{:last_page}]
+Begin printing with page @var{first_page} and stop with
+@var{last_page}. Missing @samp{:LAST_PAGE} implies end of file. While
+estimating the number of skipped pages each form feed in the input file
+results in a new page. Page counting with and without
+@samp{+@var{first_page}} is identical. By default, it starts with the
+first page of input file (not first page printed). Page numbering may be
+altered by @samp{-N} option.
 
 @item -@var{column}
 @opindex -@var{column}
-Produce @var{column}-column output and print columns down.  The column
-width is automatically decreased as @var{column} increases; unless you
-use the @samp{-w} option to increase the page width as well, this option
-might well cause some input to be truncated.
+@cindex down columns
+With each single @var{file}, produce @var{column}-column output and
+print columns down. The column width is automatically estimated from
+@var{page_width}. This option might well cause some columns to be
+truncated. The number of lines in the columns on each page will be
+balanced. @samp{-@var{column}} may not be used with @samp{-m} option.
 
 @item -a
 @opindex -a
 @cindex across columns
-Print columns across rather than down.
-
-@item -b
-@opindex -b
-@cindex balancing columns
-Balance columns on the last page.
+With each single @var{file}, print columns across rather than down.
+@var{column} must be greater than one.
 
 @item -c
 @opindex -c
@@ -903,11 +920,19 @@ is 8).
 @itemx -F
 @opindex -F
 @opindex -f
-Use a formfeed instead of newlines to separate output pages.
+Use a form feed instead of newlines to separate output pages. Default
+page length of 66 lines is not altered. But the number of lines of text
+per page changes from 56 to 63 lines.
 
-@item -h @var{header}
+
+@item -h @var{HEADER}
 @opindex -h
-Replace the file name in the header with the string @var{header}.
+Replace the file name in the header with the centered string
+@var{header}. Left-hand-side truncation (marked by a @samp{*}) may occur
+if the total header line @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM HEADER Page nnnn}
+becomes larger than @var{page_width}. @samp{-h ""} prints a blank line
+header. Don't use @samp{-h""}. A space between the -h option and the
+argument is always peremptory.
 
 @item -i[@var{out-tabchar}[@var{out-tabwidth}]]
 @opindex -i
@@ -917,30 +942,54 @@ is the output tab character (default is @key{TAB}).  Second optional
 argument @var{out-tabwidth} is the output tab character's width (default
 is 8).
 
-@item -l @var{n}
+@item -j
+@opindex -j
+Merge lines of full length. Used together with the column options
+@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}. Turns off
+@samp{-w} line truncation; no column alignment used; may be used with
+@samp{-s[@var{separator}]}.
+
+
+@item -l @var{page_length}
 @opindex -l
-Set the page length to @var{n} (default 66) lines.  If @var{n} is less
-than 10, the headers and footers are omitted, as if the @samp{-t} option
-had been given.
+Set the page length to @var{page_length} (default 66) lines. If
+@var{page_length} is less than or equal 10 (and <= 3 with @samp{-f}),
+the headers and footers are omitted, and all form feeds set in input
+files are eliminated, as if the @samp{-T} option had been given.
 
 @item -m
 @opindex -m
-Print all files in parallel, one in each column.
+Merge and print all @var{file}s in parallel, one in each column. If a
+line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated (but see
+@samp{-j}). @samp{-s[@var{separator}]} may be used. Empty pages in some
+@var{file}s (form feeds set) produce empty columns, still marked by
+@var{separator}. Completely empty common pages show no separators or
+line numbers. The default header becomes
+@samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM <blanks> Page nnnn}; may be used with
+@samp{-h @var{header}} to fill up the middle part.
+
 
 @item -n[@var{number-separator}[@var{digits}]]
 @opindex -n
-Precede each column with a line number; with parallel files (@samp{-m}),
-precede each line with a line number.  Optional argument
+Precede each column with a line number; with parallel @var{file}s
+(@samp{-m}), precede only each line with a line number. Optional argument
 @var{number-separator} is the character to print after each number
 (default is @key{TAB}).  Optional argument @var{digits} is the number of
-digits per line number (default is 5).
+digits per line number (default is 5). Default line counting starts with
+first line of the input file (not with the first line printed, see
+@samp{-N}).
+
+@item -N @var{line_number}
+@opindex -N
+Start line counting with no. @var{line_number} at first line of first
+page printed.
 
 @item -o @var{n}
 @opindex -o
 @cindex indenting lines
 @cindex left margin
 Indent each line with @var{n} (default is zero) spaces wide, i.e., set
-the left margin.  The total page width is @samp{n} plus the width set
+the left margin.  The total page width is @var{n} plus the width set
 with the @samp{-w} option.
 
 @item -r
@@ -948,25 +997,44 @@ with the @samp{-w} option.
 Do not print a warning message when an argument @var{file} cannot be
 opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)
 
-@item -s[@var{c}]
+@item -s[@var{separator}]
 @opindex -s
-Separate columns by the single character @var{c}.  If @var{c} is
-omitted, the default is space; if this option is omitted altogether, the
-default is @key{TAB}.
+Separate columns by a string @var{separator}. Don't use
+@samp{-s @var{separator}}, no space between flag and argument. If this
+option is omitted altogether, the default is @key{TAB} together with
+@samp{-j} option and space otherwise (same as @samp{-s" "}). With
+@samp{-s} only, no separator is used (same as @samp{-s""}). @samp{-s}
+does not affect line truncation or column alignment.
 
 @item -t
 @opindex -t
-Do not print the usual 5-line header and the 5-line footer on each page,
-and do not fill out the bottoms of pages (with blank lines or
-formfeeds).
+Do not print the usual header [and footer] on each page, and do not fill
+out the bottoms of pages (with blank lines or a form feed). No page
+structure is produced, but retain form feeds set in the input files. The
+predefined page layout is not changed. @samp{-t} or @samp{-T} may be
+useful together with other options; e.g.: @samp{-t -e4}, expand
+@key{TAB} in the input file to 4 spaces but do not do any other changes.
+Use of @samp{-t} overrides @samp{-h}.
+
+@item -T
+@opindex -T
+Do not print header [and footer]. In addition eliminate all form feeds
+set in the input files.
 
 @item -v
 @opindex -v
 Print unprintable characters in octal backslash notation.
 
-@item -w @var{n}
+@item -w @var{page_width}
 @opindex -w
-Set the page width to @var{n} (default is 72) columns.
+Set the page width to @var{page_width} (default 72) characters.
+With/without @samp{-w}, header lines are always truncated to
+@var{page_width} characters. With @samp{-w}, text lines are truncated,
+unless @samp{-j} is used. Without @samp{-w} together with one of the
+column options @samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or
+@samp{-m}, default truncation of text lines to 72 characters is used.
+Without @samp{-w} and without any of the column options, no line
+truncation is used. That's equivalent to @samp{-w 72 -j}.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1259,7 +1327,7 @@ less than @var{bytes} bytes of the line are left, then continue
 normally.  @var{bytes} has the same format as for the @samp{--bytes}
 option.
 
-@itemx --verbose=@var{bytes}
+@itemx --verbose
 @opindex --verbose
 Write a diagnostic to standard error just before each output file is opened.
 
@@ -1445,6 +1513,10 @@ wc --bytes --words
 @noindent
 prints both the byte counts and the word counts.
 
+With the @code{--max-line-length} option, @code{wc} prints the length
+of the longest line per file, and if there is more than one file it
+prints the maximum (not the sum) of those lengths.
+
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
 @table @samp
@@ -1469,6 +1541,12 @@ Print only the word counts.
 @opindex --lines
 Print only the newline counts.
 
+@item -L
+@itemx --max-line-length
+@opindex -L
+@opindex --max-line-length
+Print only the maximum line lengths.
+
 @end table
 
 
@@ -1567,7 +1645,7 @@ options}.
 If a @var{file} is specified as @samp{-} or if no files are given
 @code{md5sum} computes the checksum for the standard input.
 @code{md5sum} can also determine whether a file and checksum are
-consistent. Synopsis:
+consistent. Synopses:
 
 @example
 md5sum [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@@ -1641,7 +1719,7 @@ Treat all input files as text files.  This is the reverse of
 @opindex -w
 @opindex --warn
 @cindex verifying MD5 checksums
-When verifying checksums, warn about improperly formated MD5 checksum lines.
+When verifying checksums, warn about improperly formatted MD5 checksum lines.
 This option is useful only if all but a few lines in the checked input
 are valid.
 
@@ -2104,6 +2182,11 @@ Columns are separated by @key{TAB}.
 The options @samp{-1}, @samp{-2}, and @samp{-3} suppress printing of
 the corresponding columns.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
+Unlike some other comparison utilities, @code{comm} has an exit
+status that does not depend on the result of the comparison.
+Upon normal completion @code{comm} produces an exit code of zero.
+If there is an error it exits with nonzero status.
+
 
 @node Operating on fields within a line
 @chapter Operating on fields within a line
@@ -2390,7 +2473,7 @@ used only in @var{set1} or @var{set2}, as noted below.
 
 @table @asis
 
-@item Backslash escapes.
+@item Backslash escapes
 @cindex backslash escapes
 
 A backslash followed by a character not listed below causes an error
@@ -2398,19 +2481,19 @@ message.
 
 @table @samp
 @item \a
-Control-G,
+Control-G.
 @item \b
-Control-H,
+Control-H.
 @item \f
-Control-L,
+Control-L.
 @item \n
-Control-J,
+Control-J.
 @item \r
-Control-M,
+Control-M.
 @item \t
-Control-I,
+Control-I.
 @item \v
-Control-K,
+Control-K.
 @item \@var{ooo}
 The character with the value given by @var{ooo}, which is 1 to 3
 octal digits,
@@ -2418,7 +2501,7 @@ octal digits,
 A backslash.
 @end table
 
-@item Ranges.
+@item Ranges
 @cindex ranges
 
 The notation @samp{@var{m}-@var{n}} expands to all of the characters
@@ -2430,7 +2513,7 @@ enclose ranges, translations specified in that format will still work as
 long as the brackets in @var{string1} correspond to identical brackets
 in @var{string2}.
 
-@item Repeated characters.
+@item Repeated characters
 @cindex repeated characters
 
 The notation @samp{[@var{c}*@var{n}]} in @var{set2} expands to @var{n}
@@ -2440,7 +2523,7 @@ to as many copies of @var{c} as are needed to make @var{set2} as long as
 @var{set1}.  If @var{n} begins with @samp{0}, it is interpreted in
 octal, otherwise in decimal.
 
-@item Character classes.
+@item Character classes
 @cindex characters classes
 
 The notation @samp{[:@var{class}:]} expands to all of the characters in
@@ -2495,7 +2578,7 @@ Uppercase letters.
 Hexadecimal digits.
 @end table
 
-@item Equivalence classes.
+@item Equivalence classes
 @cindex equivalence classes
 
 The syntax @samp{[=@var{c}=]} expands to all of the characters that are
@@ -2757,10 +2840,10 @@ Robbins.
 @menu
 * Toolbox introduction::
 * I/O redirection::
-* The @code{who} command::
-* The @code{cut} command::
-* The @code{sort} command::
-* The @code{uniq} command::
+* The who command::
+* The cut command::
+* The sort command::
+* The uniq command::
 * Putting the tools together::
 @end menu
 
@@ -2875,7 +2958,7 @@ discussion, we will only present those command line options that interest
 us.  As you should always do, double check your system documentation
 for the full story.
 
-@node The @code{who} command
+@node The who command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{who} command
 
 The first program is the @code{who} command.  By itself, it generates a
@@ -2897,7 +2980,7 @@ Unix systems, user names are never more than eight characters long.  This
 little bit of trivia will be useful later.  The output of @code{who} is nice,
 but the data is not all that exciting.
 
-@node The @code{cut} command
+@node The cut command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{cut} command
 
 The next program we'll look at is the @code{cut} command.  This program
@@ -2926,7 +3009,7 @@ With the @samp{-c} option, @code{cut} will cut out specific characters
 useful for data filtering.
 
 
-@node The @code{sort} command
+@node The sort command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{sort} command
 
 Next we'll look at the @code{sort} command.  This is one of the most
@@ -2939,7 +3022,7 @@ making it into a filter).  The sort is based on the machine collating
 sequence (@sc{ASCII}) or based on  user-supplied ordering criteria.
 
 
-@node The @code{uniq} command
+@node The uniq command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{uniq} command
 
 Finally (at least for now), we'll look at the @code{uniq} program.  When

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -7,4 +7,3 @@ safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
 getdate.tab.c
 .deps
-group_member.c

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,46 +1,29 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-noinst_LIBRARIES = fu
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
 
-EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c basename.c error.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
-ftruncate.c getdate.y getline.c group-member.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c \
-mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c posixtm.y regex.c rx.c \
-rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
+
+EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
+  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
 
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir)
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-fu_SOURCES = getdate.c getopt.c getopt1.c posixtm.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c \
-dirname.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
+isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
-fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h \
-mountlist.h obstack.h path-concat.h pathmax.h regex.h rx.h \
-save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
+error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
+makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
+save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
-
-# Since this directory contains two parsers, we have to be careful to avoid
-# running two $(YACC)s during parallel makes.  See below.
-getdate.c: @MAINT@getdate.y
-	@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
-	mv y.tab.c getdate.c
-
-# Make the rename atomic, in case sed is interrupted and later rerun.
-# The artificial dependency on getdate.c keeps the two parsers from being
-# built in parallel.  Enforcing this little bit of sequentiality lets
-# everyone (even those without bison) still run mostly parallel builds.
-posixtm.c: @MAINT@posixtm.y getdate.c
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/posixtm.y
-	mv y.tab.c posixtm.tab.c
-	sed -e 's/yy/zz/g' posixtm.tab.c > tposixtm.c
-	mv tposixtm.c posixtm.c
-	rm -f posixtm.tab.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1e from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
 
 SHELL = /bin/sh
@@ -32,107 +38,158 @@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
 top_builddir = ..
 
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
-noinst_LIBRARIES = fu
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
 
-EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c basename.c error.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
-ftruncate.c getdate.y getline.c group-member.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c \
-mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c posixtm.y regex.c rx.c \
-rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
+
+EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
+  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
 
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir)
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-fu_SOURCES = getdate.c getopt.c getopt1.c posixtm.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c \
-dirname.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
+isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
-fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h \
-mountlist.h obstack.h path-concat.h pathmax.h regex.h rx.h \
-save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
+error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
+makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
+save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
-mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+LIBRARIES =  $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
 
-noinst_LIBFILES = libfu.a
 
 DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
 CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
-fu_DEPENDENCIES =  @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-fu_OBJECTS = getdate.o getopt.o getopt1.o posixtm.o argmatch.o \
-backupfile.o dirname.o fileblocks.o filemode.o full-write.o \
-getversion.o idcache.o isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o \
-path-concat.o safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o \
-xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
-EXTRA_fu_SOURCES =
-LIBFILES =  $(pkglib_LIBFILES) $(noinst_LIBFILES) $(check_LIBFILES) \
-$(lib_LIBFILES)
+ANSI2KNR = ../src/ansi2knr
+libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate$U.o posixtm$U.o getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o \
+addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o closeout$U.o \
+dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o \
+idcache$U.o isdir$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o \
+hash$U.o path-concat$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o savedir$U.o \
+stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o \
+xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
 AR = ar
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-CC = @CC@
+YLWRAP = $(srcdir)/ylwrap
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS)
+LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c error.c fileblocks.c \
-fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getline.c mountlist.c obstack.c regex.c \
-regex.h rx.c rx.h
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c chown.c error.c error.h \
+euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getdate.c \
+getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lstat.c malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c \
+memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h posixtm.c \
+realloc.c regex.c regex.h rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stat.c \
+stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c \
+strtoul.c strverscmp.c ylwrap
 
 
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
-DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
-DEP_FILES = .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P .deps/backupfile.P \
-.deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P \
-.deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P .deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P \
-.deps/getdate.P .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P \
-.deps/getversion.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/long-options.P \
-.deps/makepath.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
-.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/regex.P .deps/rx.P \
-.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stripslash.P \
-.deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P \
-.deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
-SOURCES = $(fu_SOURCES)
-OBJECTS = $(fu_OBJECTS)
+GZIP = --best
+DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
+.deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/closeout.P \
+.deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P \
+.deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
+.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P \
+.deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/group-member.P \
+.deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P \
+.deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P \
+.deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P \
+.deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
+.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/realloc.P .deps/regex.P \
+.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
+.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P \
+.deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P \
+.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P \
+.deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P \
+.deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P \
+.deps/yesno.P
+SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
+OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 
 default: all
 
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .S .c .h .o .s .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
-Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status Makefile.in
-	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
 
 mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-	test -z "$(noinst_LIBFILES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBFILES)
+	-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
 
 distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
@@ -141,58 +198,237 @@ maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 .c.o:
 	$(COMPILE) -c $<
 
+.s.o:
+	$(COMPILE) -c $<
+
+.S.o:
+	$(COMPILE) -c $<
+
 mostlyclean-compile:
-	rm -f *.o core
+	-rm -f *.o core
 
 clean-compile:
 
 distclean-compile:
-	rm -f *.tab.c
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
 
 maintainer-clean-compile:
-$(fu_OBJECTS): ../config.h
+../src/ansi2knr: ../src/ansi2knr.o
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) ansi2knr
 
-libfu.a: $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_DEPENDENCIES)
-	rm -f libfu.a
-	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_LIBADD)
+
+mostlyclean-kr:
+	-rm -f *_.c
+
+clean-kr:
+
+distclean-kr:
+
+maintainer-clean-kr:
+
+libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
+	-rm -f libfu.a
+	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+.y.c:
+	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
+.y.h:
+	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
+addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` addext_.c
+alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` alloca_.c
+argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` argmatch_.c
+backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` backupfile_.c
+basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` basename_.c
+chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` chown_.c
+closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` closeout_.c
+dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` dirname_.c
+error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` error_.c
+euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` euidaccess_.c
+exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` exclude_.c
+fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` fileblocks_.c
+filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` filemode_.c
+fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` fnmatch_.c
+fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` fsusage_.c
+ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` ftruncate_.c
+full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` full-write_.c
+getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` getdate_.c
+getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` getgroups_.c
+getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` getline_.c
+getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` getopt_.c
+getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` getopt1_.c
+group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` group-member_.c
+hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` hash_.c
+human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` human_.c
+idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` idcache_.c
+isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` isdir_.c
+long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` long-options_.c
+lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` lstat_.c
+makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` makepath_.c
+malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` malloc_.c
+memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` memcmp_.c
+memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` memcpy_.c
+memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` memset_.c
+mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` mkdir_.c
+mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` mktime_.c
+modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` modechange_.c
+mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` mountlist_.c
+obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` obstack_.c
+path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` path-concat_.c
+posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` posixtm_.c
+realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` realloc_.c
+regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` regex_.c
+rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` rename_.c
+rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` rmdir_.c
+rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` rpmatch_.c
+rx_.c: rx.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rx.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rx.c; else echo rx.c; fi` rx_.c
+safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` safe-read_.c
+save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` save-cwd_.c
+savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` savedir_.c
+stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` stat_.c
+stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` stpcpy_.c
+strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` strcasecmp_.c
+strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` strdup_.c
+strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` strftime_.c
+stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` stripslash_.c
+strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` strndup_.c
+strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` strstr_.c
+strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` strtol_.c
+strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` strtoul_.c
+strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` strverscmp_.c
+userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` userspec_.c
+xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` xgetcwd_.c
+xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` xmalloc_.c
+xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` xstrdup_.c
+xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` xstrtol_.c
+xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` xstrtoul_.c
+yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` yesno_.c
+addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
+closeout_.o dirname_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o \
+filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
+getgroups_.o getline_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o group-member_.o hash_.o \
+human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o makepath_.o \
+malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
+modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o \
+realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o rx_.o safe-read_.o \
+save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strdup_.o \
+strftime_.o stripslash_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o strtol_.o strtoul_.o \
+strverscmp_.o userspec_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o \
+xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
 
 tags: TAGS
 
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
+	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP)
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
 
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
 clean-tags:
 
 distclean-tags:
-	rm -f TAGS ID
+	-rm -f TAGS ID
 
 maintainer-clean-tags:
 
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = lib
-distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES)
-	@for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits lib/Makefile
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
 
-MKDEP = gcc -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+MKDEP = $(CC) -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
 
--include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	test -d .deps || mkdir .deps
-	echo > $@
+DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)
 
 -include $(DEP_FILES)
-$(DEP_FILES): .deps/.P
+-include .deps/.P
+.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	echo > $@
 
 mostlyclean-depend:
 
@@ -201,104 +437,82 @@ clean-depend:
 distclean-depend:
 
 maintainer-clean-depend:
-	rm -rf .deps
+	-rm -rf .deps
 
-.deps/%.P: $(srcdir)/%.c
-	$(MKDEP) $< > $@-tmp
-	if test -n "$o"; then			\
-	  sed 's/\.o:/$$o:/' $@-tmp > $@;	\
-	  rm $@-tmp;				\
-	else					\
-	  mv $@-tmp $@;				\
-	fi
+.deps/%.P: %.c
+	@echo "Computing dependencies for $<..."
+	@o='o'; \
+	test -n "$o" && o='$$o'; \
+	$(MKDEP) $< >$@.tmp \
+	  && sed "s,^\(.*\)\.o:,\1.$$o \1.l$$o $@:," < $@.tmp > $@ \
+	  && rm -f $@.tmp
 info:
-
 dvi:
-
 check: all
-
+	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
-
 install-exec: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install-data: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install: install-exec install-data all
 	@:
 
 uninstall: 
 
-all: $(LIBFILES) $(HEADERS) Makefile
+all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
 
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
+	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
-	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log $(CONFIG_HEADER) stamp-h
+	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
-		mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend mostlyclean-generic
+		mostlyclean-kr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend \
+		mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-tags clean-depend \
-		clean-generic mostlyclean 
+clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
+		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean
 
-distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-tags \
-		distclean-depend distclean-generic clean 
-	rm -f config.status
+distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
+		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic clean
+	-rm -f config.status
 
 maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
-		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags \
-		maintainer-clean-depend maintainer-clean-generic \
-		distclean 
+		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-kr \
+		maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-depend \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
 .PHONY: default mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
-maintainer-clean-compile tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags \
-clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend \
-distclean-depend clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi check \
-installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
-installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
-maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
+maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
+maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend \
+clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi installcheck install-exec \
+install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 
-# Since this directory contains two parsers, we have to be careful to avoid
-# running two $(YACC)s during parallel makes.  See below.
-getdate.c: @MAINT@getdate.y
-	@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
-	mv y.tab.c getdate.c
-
-# Make the rename atomic, in case sed is interrupted and later rerun.
-# The artificial dependency on getdate.c keeps the two parsers from being
-# built in parallel.  Enforcing this little bit of sequentiality lets
-# everyone (even those without bison) still run mostly parallel builds.
-posixtm.c: @MAINT@posixtm.y getdate.c
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/posixtm.y
-	mv y.tab.c posixtm.tab.c
-	sed -e 's/yy/zz/g' posixtm.tab.c > tposixtm.c
-	mv tposixtm.c posixtm.c
-	rm -f posixtm.tab.c
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o
-
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:

lib/addext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
+#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+
+#include <backupfile.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
+   in which case just append the character E.  */
+
+void
+addext (filename, ext, e)
+     char *filename;
+     char const *ext;
+     int e;
+{
+  char *s = base_name (filename);
+  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
+  long slen_max = -1;
+
+#if HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
+  if (slen + extlen <= _POSIX_NAME_MAX && ! HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES)
+    /* The file name is so short there's no need to call pathconf.  */
+    slen_max = _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
+  else if (s == filename)
+    slen_max = pathconf (".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
+  else
+    {
+      char c = *s;
+      *s = 0;
+      slen_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+      *s = c;
+    }
+#endif
+  if (slen_max < 0)
+    slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : 14;
+
+  if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && slen_max <= 12)
+    {
+      /* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit.  */
+      char *dot = strchr (s, '.');
+      if (dot)
+	{
+	  slen -= dot + 1 - s;
+	  s = dot + 1;
+	  slen_max = 3;
+	}
+      else
+	slen_max = 8;
+      extlen = 9; /* Don't use EXT.  */
+    }
+
+  if (slen + extlen <= slen_max)
+    strcpy (s + slen, ext);
+  else
+    {
+      if (slen_max <= slen)
+	slen = slen_max - 1;
+      s[slen] = e;
+      s[slen + 1] = 0;
+    }
+}

lib/alloca.c

@@ -1,37 +1,42 @@
-/*
-	alloca -- (mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
 
-	last edit:	86/05/30	rms
-	   include config.h, since on VMS it renames some symbols.
-	   Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
 
-	This implementation of the PWB library alloca() function,
-	which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
-	that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, 
-	was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
 
-	It should work under any C implementation that uses an
-	actual procedure stack (as opposed to a linked list of
-	frames).  There are some preprocessor constants that can
-	be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
-	improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
 
-	The general concept of this implementation is to keep
-	track of all alloca()-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
-	that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
-	invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
-	soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
 
-	As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
-	allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
-	your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.
-*/
-#ifndef lint
-static char	SCCSid[] = "@(#)alloca.c	1.1";	/* for the "what" utility */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-#include "config.h"
+#include "blockinput.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
 #ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
    -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
@@ -45,72 +50,90 @@ lose
 #endif /* static */
 #endif /* emacs */
 
-#ifndef alloca  /* If compiling with GCC, this file's not needed.  */
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
-typedef void	*pointer;		/* generic pointer type */
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
 #else
-typedef char	*pointer;		/* generic pointer type */
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
 #endif
 
-#define	NULL	0			/* null pointer constant */
+#if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#endif
 
-extern void	free();
-extern pointer	xmalloc();
+#define	NULL	0
 
-/*
-	Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
-	growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
-	deduced at run-time.
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
 
-	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
-	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
-	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
-*/
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+#endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
 
 #ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0		/* direction unknown */
+#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
 #endif
 
 #if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
 
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* known at compile-time */
+#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
 
-#else	/* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code */
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
 
-static int	stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known */
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
 #define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
 
 static void
-find_stack_direction (/* void */)
+find_stack_direction ()
 {
-  static char	*addr = NULL;	/* address of first
-				   `dummy', once known */
-  auto char	dummy;		/* to get stack address */
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
 
   if (addr == NULL)
-    {				/* initial entry */
-      addr = &dummy;
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
 
-      find_stack_direction ();	/* recurse once */
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
     }
-  else				/* second entry */
-    if (&dummy > addr)
-      stack_dir = 1;		/* stack grew upward */
-    else
-      stack_dir = -1;		/* stack grew downward */
 }
 
-#endif	/* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
 
-/*
-	An "alloca header" is used to:
-	(a) chain together all alloca()ed blocks;
-	(b) keep track of stack depth.
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
 
-	It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc()
-	alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.
-*/
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
 
 #ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
 #define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
@@ -118,77 +141,352 @@ find_stack_direction (/* void */)
 
 typedef union hdr
 {
-  char	align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* to force sizeof(header) */
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
   struct
     {
-      union hdr *next;		/* for chaining headers */
-      char *deep;		/* for stack depth measure */
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
     } h;
 } header;
 
-/*
-	alloca( size ) returns a pointer to at least `size' bytes of
-	storage which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
-	the procedure that called alloca().  Originally, this space
-	was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
-	caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
-	implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.
-*/
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
 
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header */
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
 
 pointer
-alloca (size)			/* returns pointer to storage */
-     unsigned	size;		/* # bytes to allocate */
+alloca (size)
+     unsigned size;
 {
-  auto char	probe;		/* probes stack depth: */
-  register char	*depth = &probe;
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
 
 #if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
-  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* unknown growth direction */
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
     find_stack_direction ();
 #endif
 
-				/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca()ed storage that
-				   was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
 
   {
-    register header	*hp;	/* traverses linked list */
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#endif
 
     for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
       if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
 	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
 	{
-	  register header	*np = hp->h.next;
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
 
-	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* collect garbage */
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
 
-	  hp = np;		/* -> next header */
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
 	}
       else
-	break;			/* rest are not deeper */
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
 
-    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage */
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#endif
   }
 
   if (size == 0)
-    return NULL;		/* no allocation required */
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
 
-  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
 
   {
-    register pointer	new = xmalloc (sizeof (header) + size);
-    /* address of header */
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
 
-    ((header *)new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
-    ((header *)new)->h.deep = depth;
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
 
-    last_alloca_header = (header *)new;
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
 
-    /* User storage begins just after header. */
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
 
-    return (pointer)((char *)new + sizeof(header));
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
   }
 }
 
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY */
+
 #endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,33 +12,34 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <argmatch.h>
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-extern char *program_name;
-
 /* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
    null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
    of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
    or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
 
 int
-argmatch (arg, optlist)
-     const char *arg;
-     const char *const *optlist;
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
 {
   int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
   size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
@@ -75,15 +76,10 @@ argmatch (arg, optlist)
    PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
 
 void
-invalid_arg (kind, value, problem)
-     const char *kind;
-     const char *value;
-     int problem;
+invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-  if (problem == -1)
-    fprintf (stderr, "invalid");
-  else				/* Assume -2.  */
-    fprintf (stderr, "ambiguous");
-  fprintf (stderr, " %s `%s'\n", kind, value);
+  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
+		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
+		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
+  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
 }

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -1,18 +1,12 @@
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_H
-#define ARGMATCH_H 1
+/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
 
-#ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
+# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
+#else
+# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
+#endif
 
-int
-  argmatch __P ((const char *arg, const char *const *optlist));
+int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
+void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
 
-void
-  invalid_arg __P ((const char *kind, const char *value, int problem));
-
-#endif /* ARGMATCH_H */
+extern char *program_name;

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990,1991,1992,1993,1995,1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,75 +12,89 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
    Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <backupfile.h>
+
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include "backupfile.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
 # include <dirent.h>
-# define NLENGTH(direct) (strlen((direct)->d_name))
-#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# define NLENGTH(direct) strlen ((direct)->d_name)
+#else
 # define dirent direct
-# define NLENGTH(direct) ((direct)->d_namlen)
-# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# define NLENGTH(direct) ((size_t) (direct)->d_namlen)
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 #  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
-# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
 #  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
-# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
+# endif
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
 #  include <ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
-#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# endif
+#endif
 
-#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
+#if CLOSEDIR_VOID
 /* Fake a return value. */
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
 #else
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define HAVE_DIR 0
 #endif
 
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN ((unsigned char) (c)) \
-		    && isdigit ((unsigned char) (c)))
-
-#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#include <unistd.h>
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
 #endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+#define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+/* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
+   302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
+   add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 2)
 
-#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
-/* POSIX does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
-   systems do not provide it. */
-# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
-#else
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
+   - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   Posix 1003.2-1992 section 2.5.2.1 page 50 lines 1556-1558 says that
+   only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to isdigit unless
+   it's important to use the locale's definition of `digit' even when the
+   host does not conform to Posix.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) ((dp)->d_ino != 0)
+#else
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif
 
 /* Which type of backup file names are generated. */
@@ -88,15 +102,10 @@ enum backup_type backup_type = none;
 
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
    to numbered) backup file name. */
-char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
+const char *simple_backup_suffix = ".orig";
 
-char *basename ();
-char *dirname ();
-static char *concat ();
-char *find_backup_file_name ();
-static char *make_version_name ();
-static int max_backup_version ();
-static int version_number ();
+static int max_backup_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *));
+static int version_number __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
 
 /* Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE,
    allocated with malloc.  Return 0 if out of memory.
@@ -107,33 +116,51 @@ char *
 find_backup_file_name (file)
      const char *file;
 {
-  char *dir;
-  char *base_versions;
-  int highest_backup;
+  size_t backup_suffix_size_max;
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  size_t numbered_suffix_size_max = INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 4;
+  char *s;
+  const char *suffix = simple_backup_suffix;
 
-  if (backup_type == simple)
-    return concat (file, simple_backup_suffix);
-  base_versions = concat (basename (file), ".~");
-  if (base_versions == 0)
-    return 0;
-  dir = dirname (file);
-  if (dir == 0)
+  /* Allow room for simple or `.~N~' backups.  */
+  backup_suffix_size_max = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
+  if (HAVE_DIR && backup_suffix_size_max < numbered_suffix_size_max)
+    backup_suffix_size_max = numbered_suffix_size_max;
+
+  s = malloc (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
+  if (s)
     {
-      free (base_versions);
-      return 0;
+      strcpy (s, file);
+
+#if HAVE_DIR
+      if (backup_type != simple)
+	{
+	  int highest_backup;
+	  size_t dir_len = base_name (s) - s;
+
+	  strcpy (s + dir_len, ".");
+	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (file + dir_len, s);
+	  if (! (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0))
+	    {
+	      char *numbered_suffix = s + (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max);
+	      sprintf (numbered_suffix, ".~%d~", highest_backup + 1);
+	      suffix = numbered_suffix;
+	    }
+	  strcpy (s, file);
+	}
+#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
+
+      addext (s, suffix, '~');
     }
-  highest_backup = max_backup_version (base_versions, dir);
-  free (base_versions);
-  free (dir);
-  if (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0)
-    return concat (file, simple_backup_suffix);
-  return make_version_name (file, highest_backup + 1);
+  return s;
 }
 
+#if HAVE_DIR
+
 /* Return the number of the highest-numbered backup file for file
    FILE in directory DIR.  If there are no numbered backups
    of FILE in DIR, or an error occurs reading DIR, return 0.
-   FILE should already have ".~" appended to it. */
+   */
 
 static int
 max_backup_version (file, dir)
@@ -155,7 +182,7 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
 
   while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != 0)
     {
-      if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) <= file_name_length)
+      if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) < file_name_length + 4)
 	continue;
 
       this_version = version_number (file, dp->d_name, file_name_length);
@@ -167,62 +194,59 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
   return highest_version;
 }
 
-/* Return a string, allocated with malloc, containing
-   "FILE.~VERSION~".  Return 0 if out of memory. */
-
-static char *
-make_version_name (file, version)
-     const char *file;
-     int version;
-{
-  char *backup_name;
-
-  backup_name = malloc (strlen (file) + 16);
-  if (backup_name == 0)
-    return 0;
-  sprintf (backup_name, "%s.~%d~", file, version);
-  return backup_name;
-}
-
 /* If BACKUP is a numbered backup of BASE, return its version number;
    otherwise return 0.  BASE_LENGTH is the length of BASE.
-   BASE should already have ".~" appended to it. */
+   */
 
 static int
 version_number (base, backup, base_length)
      const char *base;
      const char *backup;
-     int base_length;
+     size_t base_length;
 {
   int version;
   const char *p;
 
   version = 0;
-  if (!strncmp (base, backup, base_length) && ISDIGIT (backup[base_length]))
+  if (strncmp (base, backup, base_length) == 0
+      && backup[base_length] == '.'
+      && backup[base_length + 1] == '~')
     {
-      for (p = &backup[base_length]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
+      for (p = &backup[base_length + 2]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
 	version = version * 10 + *p - '0';
       if (p[0] != '~' || p[1])
 	version = 0;
     }
   return version;
 }
+#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
 
-/* Return the newly-allocated concatenation of STR1 and STR2.
-   If out of memory, return 0. */
-
-static char *
-concat (str1, str2)
-     const char *str1;
-     const char *str2;
+static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  char *newstr;
-  int str1_length = strlen (str1);
+  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+};
 
-  newstr = malloc (str1_length + strlen (str2) + 1);
-  if (newstr == 0)
-    return 0;
-  strcpy (newstr, str1);
-  strcpy (newstr + str1_length, str2);
-  return newstr;
+static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
+{
+  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+};
+
+/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
+   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+
+enum backup_type
+get_version (version)
+     const char *version;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
+    return numbered_existing;
+  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
+      exit (2);
+    }
+  return backup_types[i];
 }

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,8 +12,9 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
@@ -33,10 +34,17 @@ enum backup_type
 };
 
 extern enum backup_type backup_type;
-extern char *simple_backup_suffix;
+extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
-char *find_backup_file_name (const char *file);
-#else
-char *find_backup_file_name ();
+#ifndef __BACKUPFILE_P
+# if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
+#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
+
+char *base_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
+char *find_backup_file_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
+enum backup_type get_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
+void addext __BACKUPFILE_P ((char *, char const *, int));

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,38 +1,30 @@
-/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path */
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Return NAME with any leading path stripped off.
-   Don't use strrchr/rindex.  */
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
+#endif
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
 
 char *
-basename (name)
-     const char *name;
+base_name (name)
+     char const *name;
 {
-  const char *base = name;
+  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  for (; *name; name++)
+    if (ISSLASH (*name))
+      base = name + 1;
 
-  while (*name)
-    {
-      if (*name == '/')
-	base = name + 1;
-      ++name;
-    }
   return (char *) base;
 }

lib/canon-host.c

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

lib/chown.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to chown for systems that don't interpret
+   an ID of -1 as meaning `don't change the corresponding ID'.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of chown to rpl_chown (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_chown on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef chown
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: describe.  */
+
+int
+rpl_chown (file, uid, gid)
+     const char *file;
+     uid_t uid;
+     gid_t gid;
+{
+  if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
+    {
+      struct stat file_stats;
+
+      /* Stat file to get id(s) that should remain unchanged.  */
+      if (stat (file, &file_stats))
+	return 1;
+
+      if (gid == (gid_t) -1)
+	gid = file_stats.st_gid;
+
+      if (uid == (uid_t) -1)
+	uid = file_stats.st_uid;
+    }
+
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
+}

lib/closeout.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* closeout.c - close standard output
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "closeout.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
+void
+close_stdout_status (int status)
+{
+  if (ferror (stdout))
+    error (status, 0, _("write error"));
+  if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
+    error (status, errno, _("write error"));
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
+void
+close_stdout (void)
+{
+  close_stdout_status (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}

lib/closeout.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
+void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));

lib/error.c

@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
 /* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
    Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ void exit ();
 # define _(String) String
 #endif
 
+/* Get prototypes for the functions defined here.  */
+#include <error.h>
+
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
@@ -65,7 +68,7 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
 
-#else
+#else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
@@ -89,7 +92,8 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 }
 #  define strerror private_strerror
 # endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
-#endif	/* _LIBC */
+
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
    format string with optional args.

lib/error.h

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
    Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifndef _error_h_
-# define _error_h_
+#ifndef ERROR_H_
+# define ERROR_H_
 
 # ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
    variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;
 
-#endif /* _error_h_ */
+#endif /* not ERROR_H_ */

lib/exclude.c

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#include <exclude.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *, size_t));
+
+/* Keep track of excluded file name patterns.  */
+
+struct exclude
+  {
+    char const **exclude;
+    int exclude_alloc;
+    int exclude_count;
+  };
+
+struct exclude *
+new_exclude (void)
+{
+  struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct exclude));
+  ex->exclude_count = 0;
+  ex->exclude_alloc = 64;
+  ex->exclude = (char const **) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof (char *));
+  return ex;
+}
+
+int
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+{
+  char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
+  int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
+    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, 0) == 0)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
+{
+  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
+    ex->exclude = (char const **) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
+					    ((ex->exclude_alloc *= 2)
+					     * sizeof (char *)));
+
+  ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++] = pattern;
+}
+
+int
+add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
+{
+  int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
+  FILE *in;
+  char *buf;
+  char *p;
+  char const *pattern;
+  char const *lim;
+  size_t buf_alloc = 1024;
+  size_t buf_count = 0;
+  int c;
+  int e = 0;
+
+  if (use_stdin)
+    in = stdin;
+  else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
+    return -1;
+
+  buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
+
+  while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
+    {
+      buf[buf_count++] = c;
+      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
+	buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc *= 2);
+    }
+
+  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
+
+  if (ferror (in))
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
+    e = errno;
+
+  for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count;  p <= lim;  p++)
+    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
+      {
+	*p = '\0';
+	add_exclude (ex, pattern);
+	pattern = p + 1;
+      }
+
+  errno = e;
+  return e ? -1 : 0;
+}

lib/exclude.h

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct exclude;
+
+struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
+void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
+int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));

lib/fileblocks.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,17 +21,16 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined (HAVE_ST_BLOCKS) && !defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
+#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
 # include <sys/types.h>
 # include <sys/param.h>
 
-# ifndef NINDIR
-/* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack these.  Hope they're correct. */
-/* Size of a indirect block, in bytes. */
-#  ifndef BSIZE
-#   define BSIZE 1024
-#  endif
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
 
+# ifndef NINDIR
+/* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack this.  Hope it's correct. */
 /* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
 #  define NINDIR (BSIZE/sizeof(daddr_t))
 # endif /* !NINDIR */
@@ -41,12 +40,12 @@
 
 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */
 
-long
+off_t
 st_blocks (size)
-     long size;
+     off_t size;
 {
-  long datablks = (size + 512 - 1) / 512;
-  long indrblks = 0;
+  off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
+  off_t indrblks = 0;
 
   if (datablks > NDIR)
     {

lib/filemode.c

@@ -198,6 +198,17 @@ ftypelet (bits)
   if (S_ISNWK (bits))
     return 'n';
 #endif
+
+#ifdef S_ISOFD
+  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
+  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISOFL
+  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
+  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
   return '?';
 }
 

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || !defined (isascii)
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
+#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+
+# ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+# endif
+
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
 int
@@ -52,8 +48,8 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
   register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
   register char c;
 
-/* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
-#define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
+# define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -197,6 +193,6 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
     return 0;
 
   return FNM_NOMATCH;
-}
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+# undef FOLD
+}

lib/fsusage.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,142 +15,143 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include "fsusage.h"
 
 int statfs ();
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
-#include <sys/mount.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
-#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
-#include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H	/* Fujitsu UXP/V */
+# include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H) && !defined(_CRAY)
-#include <sys/filsys.h>		/* SVR2.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H) && !defined (_CRAY)
+# include <sys/filsys.h>	/* SVR2 */
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_DUSTAT_H		/* AIX PS/2.  */
-#include <sys/dustat.h>
+#if HAVE_DUSTAT_H		/* AIX PS/2 */
+# include <sys/dustat.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H	/* SVR4.  */
-#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H		/* SVR4 */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
 int statvfs ();
 #endif
 
 int safe_read ();
 
-/* Return the number of TOSIZE-byte blocks used by
-   BLOCKS FROMSIZE-byte blocks, rounding away from zero.
-   TOSIZE must be positive.  Return -1 if FROMSIZE is not positive.  */
-
-static long
-adjust_blocks (blocks, fromsize, tosize)
-     long blocks;
-     int fromsize, tosize;
-{
-  if (tosize <= 0)
-    abort ();
-  if (fromsize <= 0)
-    return -1;
-
-  if (fromsize == tosize)	/* E.g., from 512 to 512.  */
-    return blocks;
-  else if (fromsize > tosize)	/* E.g., from 2048 to 512.  */
-    return blocks * (fromsize / tosize);
-  else				/* E.g., from 256 to 512.  */
-    return (blocks + (blocks < 0 ? -1 : 1)) / (tosize / fromsize);
-}
-
 /* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
    the filesystem on which PATH resides.
    DISK is the device on which PATH is mounted, for space-getting
    methods that need to know it.
-   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
-
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  When returning -1, ensure that
+   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
+   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
 get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
      const char *path;
      const char *disk;
      struct fs_usage *fsp;
 {
-#if defined (STAT_STATFS3_OSF1)
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
+
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
     return -1;
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_fsize, 512)
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_fsize;
+
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS3_OSF1 */
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA	/* Ultrix.  */
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA	/* Ultrix */
+
   struct fs_data fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) != 1)
     return -1;
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), 1024, 512)
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.btot);
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = 1024;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = fsd.fd_req.btot;
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = fsd.fd_req.bfree;
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = fsd.fd_req.bfreen;
   fsp->fsu_files = fsd.fd_req.gtot;
   fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.fd_req.gfree;
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_READ_FILSYS		/* SVR2.  */
-#ifndef SUPERBOFF
-#define SUPERBOFF (SUPERB * 512)
-#endif
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA */
+
+#ifdef STAT_READ_FILSYS		/* SVR2 */
+# ifndef SUPERBOFF
+#  define SUPERBOFF (SUPERB * 512)
+# endif
+
   struct filsys fsd;
   int fd;
 
+  if (! disk)
+    {
+      errno = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
   fd = open (disk, O_RDONLY);
   if (fd < 0)
     return -1;
-  lseek (fd, (long) SUPERBOFF, 0);
+  lseek (fd, (off_t) SUPERBOFF, 0);
   if (safe_read (fd, (char *) &fsd, sizeof fsd) != sizeof fsd)
     {
       close (fd);
       return -1;
     }
   close (fd);
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512), 512)
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_fsize);
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_tfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_tfree);
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = fsd.s_fsize;
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = fsd.s_tfree;
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = fsd.s_tfree;
   fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1);
   fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.s_tinode;
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX.  */
+#endif /* STAT_READ_FILSYS */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX */
+
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
 
-#ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_bsize;
+
+# ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+
   /* In SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1, the block counts in the
      struct statfs are truncated to 2GB.  These conditions detect that
      truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
@@ -162,59 +163,65 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
       fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
       fsd.f_bavail = fsd.f_spare[2];
     }
-#endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
+# endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
 
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#endif
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE	/* 4.4BSD */
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE	/* 4.4BSD.  */
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_fsize, 512)
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS4		/* SVR3, Dynix, Irix, AIX.  */
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_fsize;
+
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS4		/* SVR3, Dynix, Irix, AIX */
+
+# if !_AIX && !defined _SEQUENT_ && !defined DOLPHIN
+#  define f_bavail f_bfree
+# endif
+
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) < 0)
     return -1;
+
   /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
      systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
      no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
 # if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
-#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#  ifdef _CRAY
-#   define f_bavail f_bfree
-#  endif
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_bsize;
 # else
-#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) (b)
-#  ifndef _SEQUENT_		/* _SEQUENT_ is DYNIX/ptx.  */
-#   ifndef DOLPHIN		/* DOLPHIN 3.8.alfa/7.18 has f_bavail */
-#    define f_bavail f_bfree
-#   endif
-#  endif
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 512;
 # endif
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATVFS		/* SVR4.  */
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS4 */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS		/* SVR4 */
+
   struct statvfs fsd;
 
   if (statvfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
-  /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) \
-  adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#endif
 
-#if !defined(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA) && !defined(STAT_READ_FILSYS) /* !Ultrix && !SVR2.  */
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_blocks);
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_bavail);
+  /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize;
+
+#endif /* STAT_STATVFS */
+
+#if !defined(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA) && !defined(STAT_READ_FILSYS)
+				/* !Ultrix && !SVR2 */
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = fsd.f_blocks;
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = fsd.f_bfree;
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = fsd.f_bavail;
   fsp->fsu_files = fsd.f_files;
   fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.f_ffree;
-#endif
+
+#endif /* not STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA && not STAT_READ_FILSYS */
 
   return 0;
 }
@@ -245,4 +252,5 @@ statfs (path, fsb)
   fsb->f_fsid.val[1] = fsd.du_pckno;
   return 0;
 }
+
 #endif /* _AIX && _I386 */

lib/fsusage.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.h -- declarations for filesystem space usage info
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,22 +16,29 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Space usage statistics for a filesystem.  Blocks are 512-byte. */
+
+#if !defined FSUSAGE_H_
+# define FSUSAGE_H_
+
 struct fs_usage
 {
-  long fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
-  long fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
-  long fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
-  long fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
-  long fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
+  int fsu_blocksize;		/* Size of a block.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
 };
 
-#ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
-int get_fs_usage __P ((const char *path, const char *disk,
-		       struct fs_usage *fsp));
+int get_fs_usage PARAMS ((const char *path, const char *disk,
+			  struct fs_usage *fsp));
+
+#endif

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
    Copied largely from GNU C's cccp.c.
    */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@ full_write (desc, ptr, len)
   while (len > 0)
     {
       int written = write (desc, ptr, len);
+      /* FIXME: write on my slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
+	 I try to write more data than there is room on a floppy disk.
+	 This puts dd into an infinite loop.  Reproduce with
+	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  */
       if (written < 0)
 	{
 #ifdef EINTR

lib/getdate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vms)
+# include <types.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+#  include <time.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#   include <sys/time.h>
+#  else
+#   include <time.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif /* defined (vms) */
+
+time_t get_date PARAMS ((const char *p, const time_t *now));

lib/getgroups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
+   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
+   process is returned.
+   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others.  */
+
+int
+getgroups (n, group)
+     size_t n;
+     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+{
+  int n_groups;
+  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
+
+#undef getgroups
+
+  if (n != 0)
+    return getgroups (n, group);
+
+  n = 20;
+  gbuf = NULL;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      gbuf = (GETGROUPS_T *) xrealloc (gbuf, n * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
+      n_groups = getgroups (n, gbuf);
+      if (n_groups < n)
+	break;
+      n += 10;
+    }
+
+  free (gbuf);
+
+  return n_groups;
+}

lib/getline.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline
 
-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -24,7 +24,10 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 
 /* The `getdelim' function is only declared if the following symbol
    is defined.  */
-#define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 

lib/getline.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifndef _getline_h_
-# define _getline_h_ 1
+#ifndef GETLINE_H_
+# define GETLINE_H_ 1
 
 # include <stdio.h>
 
 # ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #  else
-#   define PARAMS(args) ()
-#  endif  /* GCC.  */
-# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 int
 getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
 int
 getdelim PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, int _delimiter, FILE *_stream));
 
-#endif
+#endif /* not GETLINE_H_ */

lib/getopt.c

@@ -3,22 +3,28 @@
    "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
    before changing it!
 
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -48,18 +54,24 @@
    program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
 /* This needs to come after some library #include
    to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
    contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#if defined (_LIBC) || defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
 #include <unistd.h>
-#endif
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */
 
 #ifdef VMS
@@ -69,7 +81,7 @@
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef WIN32
+#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
 /* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
 #include <windows.h>
 #define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
@@ -116,14 +128,20 @@ char *optarg = NULL;
 
    On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
 
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
    non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
 
    Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
    how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
 
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 0;
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
+   causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
+   know that. */
+
+int __getopt_initialized = 0;
 
 /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
    in which the last option character we returned was found.
@@ -172,7 +190,7 @@ int optopt = '?';
 
    The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
    of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
 
 static enum
 {
@@ -182,7 +200,7 @@ static enum
 /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
 static char *posixly_correct;
 
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
    because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
    On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
@@ -233,12 +251,46 @@ extern int strlen (const char *);
 static int first_nonopt;
 static int last_nonopt;
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
    indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
 
-static const char *nonoption_flags;
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+
+static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;
 
+static int original_argc;
+static char *const *original_argv;
+
+extern pid_t __libc_pid;
+
+/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
+   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
+   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
+static void
+__attribute__ ((unused))
+store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
+{
+  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+  original_argc = argc;
+  original_argv = argv;
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
+    }
+#else	/* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif	/* _LIBC */
+
 /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
    One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
    which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
@@ -266,6 +318,28 @@ exchange (argv)
      It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
      but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+	 presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
+		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
   while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
     {
       if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
@@ -280,6 +354,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
 	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
 	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
 	    }
 	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
 	  top -= len;
@@ -296,6 +371,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
 	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
 	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
 	    }
 	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
 	  bottom += len;
@@ -311,17 +387,19 @@ exchange (argv)
 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static const char *_getopt_initialize (const char *);
+static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (optstring)
+_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
      const char *optstring;
 {
   /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
      is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
      non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
 
-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
 
   nextchar = NULL;
 
@@ -344,20 +422,38 @@ _getopt_initialize (optstring)
   else
     ordering = PERMUTE;
 
-  if (posixly_correct == NULL)
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (posixly_correct == NULL
+      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
     {
-      /* Bash 2.0 puts a special variable in the environment for each
-	 command it runs, specifying which ARGV elements are the results of
-	 file name wildcard expansion and therefore should not be
-	 considered as options.  */
-      char var[100];
-      sprintf (var, "_%d_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_", getpid ());
-      nonoption_flags = getenv (var);
-      if (nonoption_flags == NULL)
-	nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-      else
-	nonoption_flags_len = strlen (nonoption_flags);
+      if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+	    nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+	      int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+	      if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+		(char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
+		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
+			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
     }
+  else
+    nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
 
   return optstring;
 }
@@ -375,7 +471,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (optstring)
    updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
    resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
 
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
    Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
    that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
    so that those that are not options now come last.)
@@ -429,18 +525,25 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 {
   optarg = NULL;
 
-  if (optind == 0)
+  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
     {
-      optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
-      optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      if (optind == 0)
+	optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
+      __getopt_initialized = 1;
     }
 
   /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
      Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
-     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  */
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
 #define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
 		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+#else
+#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
 
   if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
     {
@@ -498,7 +601,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
 	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
 	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return EOF;
+	  return -1;
 	}
 
       /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
@@ -507,7 +610,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       if (NONOPTION_P)
 	{
 	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return EOF;
+	    return -1;
 	  optarg = argv[optind++];
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -543,22 +646,19 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       const struct option *pfound = NULL;
       int exact = 0;
       int ambig = 0;
-      int indfound;
+      int indfound = -1;
       int option_index;
 
       for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-#ifdef lint		/* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
-      indfound = 0;
-#endif
-
       /* Test all long options for either exact match
 	 or abbreviated matches.  */
       for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
 	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
 	  {
-	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
+	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
+		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
 	      {
 		/* Exact match found.  */
 		pfound = p;
@@ -601,16 +701,16 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      else
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
-		    if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		      /* --option */
-		      fprintf (stderr,
-			_("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], pfound->name);
-		    else
-		      /* +option or -option */
-		      fprintf (stderr,
-			_("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+		    /* --option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], pfound->name);
+		   else
+		    /* +option or -option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 
@@ -626,8 +726,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 		  optopt = pfound->val;
 		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
@@ -694,6 +794,130 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	optopt = c;
 	return '?';
       }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+	char *nameend;
+	const struct option *p;
+	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+	int exact = 0;
+	int ambig = 0;
+	int indfound = 0;
+	int option_index;
+
+	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	  {
+	    optarg = nextchar;
+	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
+	    optind++;
+	  }
+	else if (optind == argc)
+	  {
+	    if (opterr)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			 argv[0], c);
+	      }
+	    optopt = c;
+	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
+	      c = ':';
+	    else
+	      c = '?';
+	    return c;
+	  }
+	else
+	  /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+
+	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+	   table of longopts.  */
+
+	for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+	/* Test all long options for either exact match
+	   or abbreviated matches.  */
+	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	  if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	    {
+	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+		{
+		  /* Exact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		  exact = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (pfound == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+		ambig = 1;
+	    }
+	if (ambig && !exact)
+	  {
+	    if (opterr)
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	    optind++;
+	    return '?';
+	  }
+	if (pfound != NULL)
+	  {
+	    option_index = indfound;
+	    if (*nameend)
+	      {
+		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+		if (pfound->has_arg)
+		  optarg = nameend + 1;
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (opterr)
+		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], pfound->name);
+
+		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		    return '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	      {
+		if (optind < argc)
+		  optarg = argv[optind++];
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (opterr)
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	    if (longind != NULL)
+	      *longind = option_index;
+	    if (pfound->flag)
+	      {
+		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+		return 0;
+	      }
+	    return pfound->val;
+	  }
+	  nextchar = NULL;
+	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
     if (temp[1] == ':')
       {
 	if (temp[2] == ':')
@@ -724,8 +948,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			     argv[0], c);
+			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			   argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')
@@ -756,7 +980,7 @@ getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
 			   0);
 }
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
 
 #ifdef TEST
 
@@ -776,7 +1000,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
       int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
 
       c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == EOF)
+      if (c == -1)
 	break;
 
       switch (c)

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,19 +1,25 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
 #define _GETOPT_H 1
@@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ extern char *optarg;
 
    On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
 
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
    non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
 
    Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,20 +1,25 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994
-	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -40,15 +45,21 @@
    program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
 /* This needs to come after some library #include
    to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
 #endif
 
 #ifndef	NULL
@@ -83,7 +94,7 @@ getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
 }
 
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
 
 #ifdef TEST
 
@@ -114,7 +125,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 
       c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
 		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == EOF)
+      if (c == -1)
 	break;
 
       switch (c)

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getusershell.c -- Return names of valid user shells.
-   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,6 +29,14 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
@@ -175,10 +183,10 @@ readname (name, size, stream)
     }
 
   /* Skip blank space.  */
-  while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF && isspace (c))
+  while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF && ISSPACE (c))
     /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  
-  while (c != EOF && !isspace (c))
+
+  while (c != EOF && !ISSPACE (c))
     {
       (*name)[name_index++] = c;
       while (name_index >= *size)

lib/getversion.c

@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include "backupfile.h"
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 

lib/group-member.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
-   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,15 +44,14 @@ struct group_info
 #ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
 
 static void
-free_group_info (g)
-     struct group_info *g;
+free_group_info (struct group_info *g)
 {
   free (g->group);
   free (g);
 }
 
 static struct group_info *
-get_group_info ()
+get_group_info (void)
 {
   int n_groups;
   int n_group_slots;
@@ -96,8 +95,7 @@ get_group_info ()
    either of the current or effective group IDs.  */
 
 int
-group_member (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+group_member (gid_t gid)
 {
 #ifndef HAVE_GETGROUPS
   return ((gid == getgid ()) || (gid == getegid ()));
@@ -120,7 +118,7 @@ group_member (gid)
 	  break;
 	}
     }
-  
+
   free_group_info (gi);
 
   return found;

lib/group-member.h

@@ -1,7 +1,15 @@
-#ifndef _group_member_h_
-# define _group_member_h_ 1
+#ifndef GROUP_MEMBER_H_
+# define GROUP_MEMBER_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 int
-  group_member ();
+  group_member PARAMS ((gid_t));
 
-#endif /* _group_member_h_ */
+#endif /* GROUP_MEMBER_H_ */

lib/hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "hash.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_OBSTACK
+# define ZALLOC(Ht, N) obstack_alloc (&(ht->ht_obstack), (N))
+#else
+# define ZALLOC(Ht, N) malloc ((N))
+#endif
+
+#define BUCKET_HEAD(ht, idx) ((ht)->hash_table[(idx)])
+
+static int
+is_prime (candidate)
+     unsigned long candidate;
+{
+  /* No even number and none less than 10 will be passed here.  */
+  unsigned long divn = 3;
+  unsigned long sq = divn * divn;
+
+  while (sq < candidate && (candidate % divn))
+    {
+      divn++;
+      sq += 4 * divn;
+      divn++;
+    }
+
+  return (candidate % divn);
+}
+
+/* Round a given number up to the nearest prime. */
+
+static unsigned long
+next_prime (candidate)
+     unsigned long candidate;
+{
+  /* Make it definitely odd.  */
+  candidate |= 1;
+
+  while (!is_prime (candidate))
+    candidate += 2;
+
+  return candidate;
+}
+
+static void
+hash_free_entry (HT *ht, HASH_ENT *e)
+{
+  e->key = NULL;
+  e->next = ht->hash_free_entry_list;
+  ht->hash_free_entry_list = e;
+}
+
+static HASH_ENT *
+hash_allocate_entry (HT *ht)
+{
+  HASH_ENT *new;
+  if (ht->hash_free_entry_list)
+    {
+      new = ht->hash_free_entry_list;
+      ht->hash_free_entry_list = new->next;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      new = (HASH_ENT *) ZALLOC (ht, sizeof (HASH_ENT));
+    }
+  return new;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+hash_get_n_slots_used (const HT *ht)
+{
+  return ht->hash_n_slots_used;
+}
+
+/* Free all storage associated with HT that functions in this package
+   have allocated.  If a key_freer function has been supplied (when HT
+   was created), this function applies it to the key of each entry before
+   freeing that entry. */
+
+static void
+hash_free_0 (HT *ht, int free_user_data)
+{
+  if (free_user_data && ht->hash_key_freer != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+	{
+	  HASH_ENT *p;
+	  HASH_ENT *next;
+
+	  for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i); p; p = next)
+	    {
+	      next = p->next;
+	      ht->hash_key_freer (p->key);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef USE_OBSTACK
+  obstack_free (&(ht->ht_obstack), NULL);
+#else
+  {
+    unsigned int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+      {
+	HASH_ENT *p;
+	HASH_ENT *next;
+
+	for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i); p; p = next)
+	  {
+	    next = p->next;
+	    free (p);
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+  ht->hash_free_entry_list = NULL;
+  free (ht->hash_table);
+}
+
+/* FIXME-comment */
+
+int
+hash_rehash (HT *ht, unsigned int new_table_size)
+{
+  HT *ht_new;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if (ht->hash_table_size <= 0 || new_table_size == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  ht_new = hash_initialize (new_table_size, ht->hash_key_freer,
+			    ht->hash_hash, ht->hash_key_comparator);
+
+  if (ht_new == NULL)
+    return 1;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      HASH_ENT *p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i);
+      for ( /* empty */ ; p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  int failed;
+	  const void *already_in_table;
+	  already_in_table = hash_insert_if_absent (ht_new, p->key, &failed);
+	  assert (failed == 0 && already_in_table == 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  hash_free_0 (ht, 0);
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+  assert (hash_table_ok (ht_new));
+#endif
+  *ht = *ht_new;
+  free (ht_new);
+
+  /* FIXME: fill in ht_new->n_slots_used and other statistics fields. */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* FIXME-comment */
+
+unsigned int
+hash_get_max_chain_length (HT *ht)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int max_chain_length = 0;
+
+  if (!ht->hash_dirty_max_chain_length)
+    return ht->hash_max_chain_length;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int chain_length = 0;
+      HASH_ENT *p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i);
+      for ( /* empty */ ; p; p = p->next)
+	++chain_length;
+      if (chain_length > max_chain_length)
+	max_chain_length = chain_length;
+    }
+
+  ht->hash_max_chain_length = max_chain_length;
+  ht->hash_dirty_max_chain_length = 0;
+  return ht->hash_max_chain_length;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+hash_get_n_keys (const HT *ht)
+{
+  return ht->hash_n_keys;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+hash_get_table_size (const HT *ht)
+{
+  return ht->hash_table_size;
+}
+
+/* CANDIDATE_TABLE_SIZE need not be prime.  If WHEN_TO_REHASH (FIXME: add
+   this parameter) is positive, when that percentage of table entries have
+   been used, the table size is increased;  then a new, larger table
+   (GROW_FACTOR (FIXME: maybe add this parameter) times larger than the previous
+   size) is allocated and all entries in the old table are rehashed into
+   the new, larger one.  The old table is freed.  If WHEN_TO_REHASH is zero
+   or negative, the table is never resized.
+
+   The function returns non-zero
+   - if CANDIDATE_TABLE_SIZE is zero or negative
+   - if KEY_COMPARATOR or HASH is null
+   - if it was unable to allocate sufficient storage for the hash table
+   - if WHEN_TO_REHASH is zero or negative
+   Otherwise it returns zero.  */
+
+HT *
+hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate_table_size,
+		 Hash_key_freer_type key_freer,
+		 unsigned int (*hash) (const void *, unsigned int),
+		 int (*key_comparator) (const void *, const void *))
+{
+  HT *ht;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int table_size;
+
+  if (candidate_table_size <= 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (hash == NULL || key_comparator == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ht = (HT *) malloc (sizeof (HT));
+  if (ht == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  table_size = next_prime (candidate_table_size);
+  ht->hash_table = (HASH_ENT **) malloc (table_size * sizeof (HASH_ENT *));
+  if (ht->hash_table == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < table_size; i++)
+    {
+      BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i) = NULL;
+    }
+
+  ht->hash_free_entry_list = NULL;
+  ht->hash_table_size = table_size;
+  ht->hash_hash = hash;
+  ht->hash_key_comparator = key_comparator;
+  ht->hash_key_freer = key_freer;
+  ht->hash_n_slots_used = 0;
+  ht->hash_max_chain_length = 0;
+  ht->hash_n_keys = 0;
+  ht->hash_dirty_max_chain_length = 0;
+#ifdef USE_OBSTACK
+  obstack_init (&(ht->ht_obstack));
+#endif
+
+  return ht;
+}
+
+/* This private function is used to help with insertion and deletion.
+   If E does *not* compare equal to the key of any entry in the table,
+   return NULL.
+   When E matches an entry in the table, return a pointer to the matching
+   entry.  When DELETE is non-zero and E matches an entry in the table,
+   unlink the matching entry.  Set *CHAIN_LENGTH to the number of keys
+   that have hashed to the bucket E hashed to.  */
+
+static HASH_ENT *
+hash_find_entry (HT *ht, const void *e, unsigned int *table_idx,
+		 unsigned int *chain_length, int delete)
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  int found;
+  HASH_ENT *p, *prev;
+
+  idx = ht->hash_hash (e, ht->hash_table_size);
+  assert (idx < ht->hash_table_size);
+
+  *table_idx = idx;
+  *chain_length = 0;
+
+  prev = ht->hash_table[idx];
+
+  if (prev == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  *chain_length = 1;
+  if (ht->hash_key_comparator (e, prev->key) == 0)
+    {
+      if (delete)
+	ht->hash_table[idx] = prev->next;
+      return prev;
+    }
+
+  p = prev->next;
+  found = 0;
+  while (p)
+    {
+      ++(*chain_length);
+      if (ht->hash_key_comparator (e, p->key) == 0)
+	{
+	  found = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+      prev = p;
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+
+  if (!found)
+    return NULL;
+
+  assert (p != NULL);
+  if (delete)
+    prev->next = p->next;
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if E is already in the table, zero otherwise. */
+
+int
+hash_query_in_table (const HT *ht, const void *e)
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  HASH_ENT *p;
+
+  idx = ht->hash_hash (e, ht->hash_table_size);
+  assert (idx < ht->hash_table_size);
+  for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx); p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    if (ht->hash_key_comparator (e, p->key) == 0)
+      return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void *
+hash_lookup (const HT *ht, const void *e)
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  HASH_ENT *p;
+
+  idx = ht->hash_hash (e, ht->hash_table_size);
+  assert (idx < ht->hash_table_size);
+  for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx); p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    if (ht->hash_key_comparator (e, p->key) == 0)
+      return p->key;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* If E matches an entry already in the hash table, don't modify the
+   table and return a pointer to the matched entry.  If E does not
+   match any item in the table, insert E and return NULL.
+   If the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated
+   set *FAILED to non-zero and return NULL. */
+
+void *
+hash_insert_if_absent (HT *ht, const void *e, int *failed)
+{
+  const HASH_ENT *ent;
+  HASH_ENT *new;
+  unsigned int idx;
+  unsigned int chain_length;
+
+  assert (e != NULL);		/* Can't insert a NULL key. */
+
+  *failed = 0;
+  ent = hash_find_entry (ht, e, &idx, &chain_length, 0);
+  if (ent != NULL)
+    {
+      /* E matches a key from an entry already in the table. */
+      return ent->key;
+    }
+
+  new = hash_allocate_entry (ht);
+  if (new == NULL)
+    {
+      *failed = 1;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  new->key = (void *) e;
+  new->next = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx);
+  BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx) = new;
+
+  if (chain_length == 0)
+    ++(ht->hash_n_slots_used);
+
+  /* The insertion has just increased chain_length by 1. */
+  ++chain_length;
+
+  if (chain_length > ht->hash_max_chain_length)
+    ht->hash_max_chain_length = chain_length;
+
+  ++(ht->hash_n_keys);
+  if ((double) ht->hash_n_keys / ht->hash_table_size > 0.80)
+    {
+      unsigned int new_size;
+      new_size = next_prime (2 * ht->hash_table_size + 1);
+      *failed = hash_rehash (ht, new_size);
+    }
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+  assert (hash_table_ok (ht));
+#endif
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* If E is already in the table, remove it and return a pointer to
+   the just-deleted key (the user may want to deallocate its storage).
+   If E is not in the table, don't modify the table and return NULL. */
+
+void *
+hash_delete_if_present (HT *ht, const void *e)
+{
+  HASH_ENT *ent;
+  void *key;
+  unsigned int idx;
+  unsigned int chain_length;
+
+  ent = hash_find_entry (ht, e, &idx, &chain_length, 1);
+  if (ent == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (ent->next == NULL && chain_length == 1)
+    --(ht->hash_n_slots_used);
+
+  key = ent->key;
+
+  --(ht->hash_n_keys);
+  ht->hash_dirty_max_chain_length = 1;
+  if (ent->next == NULL && chain_length < ht->hash_max_chain_length)
+    ht->hash_dirty_max_chain_length = 0;
+
+  hash_free_entry (ht, ent);
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+  assert (hash_table_ok (ht));
+#endif
+  return key;
+}
+
+void
+hash_print_statistics (const HT *ht, FILE *stream)
+{
+  unsigned int n_slots_used;
+  unsigned int n_keys;
+  unsigned int max_chain_length;
+  int err;
+
+  err = hash_get_statistics (ht, &n_slots_used, &n_keys, &max_chain_length);
+  assert (err == 0);
+  fprintf (stream, "table size: %d\n", ht->hash_table_size);
+  fprintf (stream, "# slots used: %u (%.2f%%)\n", n_slots_used,
+	   (100.0 * n_slots_used) / ht->hash_table_size);
+  fprintf (stream, "# keys: %u\n", n_keys);
+  fprintf (stream, "max chain length: %u\n", max_chain_length);
+}
+
+/* If there is *NO* table (so, no meaningful stats) return non-zero
+   and don't reference the argument pointers.  Otherwise compute the
+   performance statistics and return non-zero. */
+
+int
+hash_get_statistics (const HT *ht,
+		     unsigned int *n_slots_used,
+		     unsigned int *n_keys,
+		     unsigned int *max_chain_length)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if (ht == NULL || ht->hash_table == NULL)
+    return 1;
+
+  *max_chain_length = 0;
+  *n_slots_used = 0;
+  *n_keys = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int chain_length = 0;
+      HASH_ENT *p;
+
+      p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i);
+      if (p != NULL)
+	++(*n_slots_used);
+
+      for (; p; p = p->next)
+	++chain_length;
+
+      *n_keys += chain_length;
+      if (chain_length > *max_chain_length)
+	*max_chain_length = chain_length;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+hash_table_ok (HT *ht)
+{
+  int code;
+  unsigned int n_slots_used;
+  unsigned int n_keys;
+  unsigned int max_chain_length;
+
+  if (ht == NULL || ht->hash_table == NULL)
+    return 1;
+
+  code = hash_get_statistics (ht, &n_slots_used, &n_keys,
+			      &max_chain_length);
+
+  if (code != 0
+      || n_slots_used != ht->hash_n_slots_used
+      || n_keys != ht->hash_n_keys
+      || max_chain_length != hash_get_max_chain_length (ht))
+    return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* See hash_do_for_each_2 (below) for a variant.  */
+
+void
+hash_do_for_each (HT *ht, void (*f) (void *e, void *aux), void *aux)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+  assert (hash_table_ok (ht));
+#endif
+
+  if (ht->hash_table == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      HASH_ENT *p;
+      for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i); p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  (*f) (p->key, aux);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Just like hash_do_for_each, except that function F returns an int
+   that can signal (when non-zero) we should return early.  */
+
+int
+hash_do_for_each_2 (HT *ht, int (*f) (void *e, void *aux), void *aux)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+  assert (hash_table_ok (ht));
+#endif
+
+  if (ht->hash_table == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      HASH_ENT *p;
+      for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i); p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  int return_code;
+
+	  return_code = (*f) (p->key, aux);
+	  if (return_code != 0)
+	    return return_code;
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* For each entry in the bucket addressed by BUCKET_KEY of the hash
+   table HT, invoke the function F.  If F returns non-zero, stop
+   iterating and return that value.  Otherwise, apply F to all entries
+   in the selected bucket and return zero.  The AUX argument to this
+   function is passed as the last argument in each invocation of F.
+   The first argument to F is BUCKET_KEY, and the second is the key of
+   an entry in the selected bucket. */
+
+int
+hash_do_for_each_in_selected_bucket (HT *ht, const void *bucket_key,
+				     int (*f) (const void *bucket_key,
+					       void *e, void *aux),
+				     void *aux)
+{
+  int idx;
+  HASH_ENT *p;
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+  assert (hash_table_ok (ht));
+#endif
+
+  if (ht->hash_table == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  idx = ht->hash_hash (bucket_key, ht->hash_table_size);
+
+  for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx); p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    {
+      int return_code;
+
+      return_code = (*f) (bucket_key, p->key, aux);
+      if (return_code != 0)
+	return return_code;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Make all buckets empty, placing any chained entries on the free list.
+   As with hash_free, apply the user-specified function key_freer
+   (if it's not NULL) to the keys of any affected entries. */
+
+void
+hash_clear (HT *ht)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  HASH_ENT *p;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      HASH_ENT *tail = NULL;
+      HASH_ENT *head = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i);
+
+      /* Free any keys and get tail pointer to last entry in chain. */
+      for (p = head; p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (ht->hash_key_freer != NULL)
+	    ht->hash_key_freer (p->key);
+	  p->key = NULL;	/* Make sure no one tries to use this key later. */
+	  tail = p;
+	}
+      BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i) = NULL;
+
+      /* If there's a chain in this bucket, tack it onto the
+         beginning of the free list. */
+      if (head != NULL)
+	{
+	  assert (tail != NULL && tail->next == NULL);
+	  tail->next = ht->hash_free_entry_list;
+	  ht->hash_free_entry_list = head;
+	}
+    }
+  ht->hash_n_slots_used = 0;
+  ht->hash_max_chain_length = 0;
+  ht->hash_n_keys = 0;
+  ht->hash_dirty_max_chain_length = 0;
+}
+
+void
+hash_free (HT *ht)
+{
+  hash_free_0 (ht, 1);
+  free (ht);
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+
+void
+hash_print (const HT *ht)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      HASH_ENT *p;
+
+      if (BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i) != NULL)
+	printf ("%d:\n", i);
+
+      for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i); p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  char *s = (char *) p->key;
+	  /* FIXME */
+	  printf ("  %s\n", s);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* TESTING */
+
+void
+hash_get_key_list (const HT *ht, unsigned int bufsize, void **buf)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int c = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ht->hash_table_size; i++)
+    {
+      HASH_ENT *p;
+
+      for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, i); p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (c >= bufsize)
+	    return;
+	  buf[c++] = p->key;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return the first key in the table.  If the table is empty, return NULL.  */
+
+void *
+hash_get_first (const HT *ht)
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  HASH_ENT *p;
+
+  if (ht->hash_n_keys == 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < ht->hash_table_size; idx++)
+    {
+      if ((p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx)) != NULL)
+	return p->key;
+    }
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* Return the key in the entry following the entry whose key matches E.
+   If there is the only one key in the table and that key matches E,
+   return the matching key.  If E is not in the table, return NULL.  */
+
+void *
+hash_get_next (const HT *ht, const void *e)
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  HASH_ENT *p;
+
+  idx = ht->hash_hash (e, ht->hash_table_size);
+  assert (idx < ht->hash_table_size);
+  for (p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx); p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    {
+      if (ht->hash_key_comparator (e, p->key) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (p->next != NULL)
+	    {
+	      return p->next->key;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      unsigned int bucket;
+
+	      /* E is the last or only key in the bucket chain.  */
+	      if (ht->hash_n_keys == 1)
+		{
+		  /* There is only one key in the table, and it matches E.  */
+		  return p->key;
+		}
+	      bucket = idx;
+	      do
+		{
+		  idx = (idx + 1) % ht->hash_table_size;
+		  if ((p = BUCKET_HEAD (ht, idx)) != NULL)
+		    return p->key;
+		}
+	      while (idx != bucket);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* E is not in the table.  */
+  return NULL;
+}

lib/hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+#ifndef HASH_H
+# define HASH_H 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <assert.h>
+
+# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+void free ();
+# endif
+
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+char *malloc ();
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# define USE_OBSTACK
+# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
+#  include "obstack.h"
+# endif
+
+# define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
+# define obstack_chunk_free free
+
+struct hash_ent
+  {
+    void *key;
+    struct hash_ent *next;
+  };
+typedef struct hash_ent HASH_ENT;
+
+/* This is particularly useful to cast uses in hash_initialize of the
+   system free function.  */
+typedef void (*Hash_key_freer_type) PARAMS((void *key));
+
+struct HT
+  {
+    /* User-supplied function for freeing keys.  It is specified in
+       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and
+       hash_clear.  You should specify `free' here only if you want
+       these functions to free all of your `key' data.  This is typically
+       the case when your key is simply an auxilliary struct that you
+       have malloc'd to aggregate several values.   */
+    Hash_key_freer_type hash_key_freer;
+
+    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry E to an integer
+       in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
+    unsigned int (*hash_hash) PARAMS((const void *e, unsigned int table_size));
+
+    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is
+       unique by comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the
+       same bucket index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries
+       that compare equal, non-zero otherwise.  */
+
+    int (*hash_key_comparator) PARAMS((const void *, const void *));
+
+    HASH_ENT **hash_table;
+    unsigned int hash_table_size;
+    unsigned int hash_n_slots_used;
+    unsigned int hash_max_chain_length;
+
+    /* Gets set when an entry is deleted from a chain of length
+       hash_max_chain_length.  Indicates that hash_max_chain_length
+       may no longer be valid.  */
+    unsigned int hash_dirty_max_chain_length;
+
+    /* Sum of lengths of all chains (not counting any dummy
+       header entries).  */
+    unsigned int hash_n_keys;
+
+    /* A linked list of freed HASH_ENT structs.
+       FIXME: Perhaps this is unnecessary and we should simply free
+       and reallocate such structs.  */
+    HASH_ENT *hash_free_entry_list;
+
+    /* FIXME: comment.  */
+# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
+    struct obstack ht_obstack;
+# endif
+  };
+
+typedef struct HT HT;
+
+unsigned int
+  hash_get_n_slots_used PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+
+unsigned int
+  hash_get_max_chain_length PARAMS((HT *ht));
+
+int
+  hash_rehash PARAMS((HT *ht, unsigned int new_table_size));
+
+unsigned int
+  hash_get_table_size PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+
+HT *
+  hash_initialize PARAMS((unsigned int table_size,
+			  void (*key_freer) PARAMS((void *key)),
+			  unsigned int (*hash) PARAMS((const void *,
+						       unsigned int)),
+			  int (*equality_tester) PARAMS((const void *,
+							 const void *))));
+
+unsigned int
+  hash_get_n_keys PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+
+int
+  hash_query_in_table PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+
+void *
+  hash_lookup PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+
+void *
+  hash_insert_if_absent PARAMS((HT *ht,
+				const void *e,
+				int *failed));
+
+void *
+  hash_delete_if_present PARAMS((HT *ht, const void *e));
+
+void
+  hash_print_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, FILE *stream));
+
+int
+  hash_get_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, unsigned int *n_slots_used,
+			      unsigned int *n_keys,
+			      unsigned int *max_chain_length));
+
+int
+  hash_table_ok PARAMS((HT *ht));
+
+void
+  hash_do_for_each PARAMS((HT *ht,
+			   void (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
+			   void *aux));
+
+int
+  hash_do_for_each_2 PARAMS((HT *ht,
+			     int (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
+			     void *aux));
+
+int
+  hash_do_for_each_in_selected_bucket PARAMS((HT *ht,
+					      const void *key,
+				      int (*f) PARAMS((const void *bucket_key,
+						       void *e,
+						       void *aux)),
+					      void *aux));
+
+void
+  hash_clear PARAMS((HT *ht));
+
+void
+  hash_free PARAMS((HT *ht));
+
+void
+  hash_get_key_list PARAMS((const HT *ht,
+			    unsigned int bufsize,
+			    void **buf));
+
+void *
+  hash_get_first PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+
+void *
+  hash_get_next PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+
+/* This interface to hash_insert_if_absent is used frequently enough to
+   merit a macro here.  */
+
+# define HASH_INSERT_NEW_ITEM(Ht, Item, Failp)				\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      void *_already;							\
+      _already = hash_insert_if_absent ((Ht), (Item), Failp);		\
+      assert (_already == NULL);					\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+
+#endif /* HASH_H */

lib/human.c

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* human.c -- print human readable file size
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
+   --si and large file support added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+#include "human.h"
+
+static const char suffixes[] =
+{
+  0,	/* not used */
+  'k',	/* kilo */
+  'M',	/* Mega */
+  'G',	/* Giga */
+  'T',	/* Tera */
+  'P',	/* Peta */
+  'E',	/* Exa */
+  'Z',	/* Zetta */
+  'Y'	/* Yotta */
+};
+
+/* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
+
+   N is expressed in units of FROM_UNITS; use units of TO_UNITS in the
+   output number.  FROM_UNITS and TO_UNITS must be positive, and one must
+   be a multiple of the other.
+
+   If BASE is nonzero, use a format like "127k" if possible,
+   using powers of BASE; otherwise, use ordinary decimal format.
+   Normally BASE is either 1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.
+   Most people visually process strings of 3-4 digits effectively,
+   but longer strings of digits are more prone to misinterpretation.
+   Hence, converting to an abbreviated form usually improves readability.
+   Use a suffix indicating which power is being used.
+   For example, assuming BASE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
+   133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
+   than BASE aren't modified.  */
+
+char *
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
+{
+  uintmax_t amt;
+  int tenths;
+  int power;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* 0 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS;
+     1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
+     2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
+     3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
+  int rounding;
+
+  p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
+  *p = '\0';
+
+#ifdef lint
+  /* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
+  power = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_UNITS units and into TO_UNITS units.  */
+
+  if (to_units <= from_units)
+    {
+      int multiplier = from_units / to_units;
+      amt = n * multiplier;
+      tenths = rounding = 0;
+
+      if (amt / multiplier != n)
+	{
+	  /* Overflow occurred during multiplication.  We should use
+	     multiple precision arithmetic here, but we'll be lazy and
+	     resort to floating point.  This can yield answers that
+	     are slightly off.  In practice it is quite rare to
+	     overflow uintmax_t, so this is good enough for now.  */
+
+	  double damt = n * (double) multiplier;
+
+	  if (! base)
+	    sprintf (buf, "%.0f", damt);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      double e = 1;
+	      power = 0;
+
+	      do
+		{
+		  e *= base;
+		  power++;
+		}
+	      while (e * base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+
+	      damt /= e;
+
+	      sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
+	      if (4 < strlen (buf))
+		sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
+	    }
+
+	  return buf;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int divisor = to_units / from_units;
+      int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
+      int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
+      amt = n / divisor;
+      tenths = r10 / divisor;
+      rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2);
+    }
+
+
+  /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */
+
+  if (base && base <= amt)
+    {
+      power = 0;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  int r10 = (amt % base) * 10 + tenths;
+	  int r2 = (r10 % base) * 2 + (rounding >> 1);
+	  amt /= base;
+	  tenths = r10 / base;
+	  rounding = (r2 < base
+		      ? 0 < r2 + rounding
+		      : 2 + (base < r2 + rounding));
+	  power++;
+	}
+      while (base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+
+      *--p = suffixes[power];
+
+      if (amt < 10)
+	{
+	  tenths += 2 < rounding + (tenths & 1);
+
+	  if (tenths == 10)
+	    {
+	      amt++;
+	      tenths = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  if (amt < 10)
+	    {
+	      *--p = '0' + tenths;
+	      *--p = '.';
+	      tenths = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1)))
+    {
+      amt++;
+
+      if (amt == base && power < sizeof suffixes - 1)
+	{
+	  *p = suffixes[power + 1];
+	  *--p = '0';
+	  *--p = '.';
+	  amt = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  do
+    *--p = '0' + (int) (amt % 10);
+  while ((amt /= 10) != 0);
+
+  return p;
+}

lib/human.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef HUMAN_H_
+# define HUMAN_H_ 1
+
+/* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
+   The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
+   so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
+# define LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE ((sizeof (uintmax_t) + sizeof (int)) \
+				 * CHAR_BIT / 3)
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int, int));
+
+#endif /* HUMAN_H_ */

lib/idcache.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -25,14 +25,15 @@
 #include <grp.h>
 
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
+
 #ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
 struct passwd *getpwuid ();
 struct passwd *getpwnam ();
@@ -54,13 +55,19 @@ struct userid
   struct userid *next;
 };
 
+/* The members of this list have already been looked up.
+   If a name is NULL, the corresponding id is not in the password file.  */
 static struct userid *user_alist;
 
-/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
+#ifdef NOT_USED
+/* The members of this list are names not in the local passwd file;
+   their names are always not NULL, and their ids are irrelevant.  */
 static struct userid *nouser_alist;
+#endif /* NOT_USED */
 
-/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
-   with cache.  */
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache.
+   If UID cannot be resolved, return NULL.
+   Cache lookup failures, too.  */
 
 char *
 getuser (uid)
@@ -68,7 +75,6 @@ getuser (uid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
-  char usernum_string[20];
 
   for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     if (tail->id.u == uid)
@@ -77,20 +83,16 @@ getuser (uid)
   pwent = getpwuid (uid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.u = uid;
-  if (pwent == 0)
-    {
-      sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
-      tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
-    }
-  else
-    tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
+  tail->name = (pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL);
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
   tail->next = user_alist;
   user_alist = tail;
   return tail->name;
 }
 
+#ifdef NOT_USED
+
 /* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such user.
    (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
@@ -98,14 +100,14 @@ getuser (uid)
 
 uid_t *
 getuidbyname (user)
-     char *user;
+     const char *user;
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
 
   for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
       return &tail->id.u;
 
   for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ getuidbyname (user)
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (user);
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
   if (pwent)
     {
       tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
@@ -132,12 +134,16 @@ getuidbyname (user)
   return 0;
 }
 
+#endif /* NOT_USED */
+
 /* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
 static struct userid *group_alist;
+#ifdef NOT_USED
 static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
+#endif
 
-/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number,
-   with cache.  */
+/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache.
+   Return NULL if the group has no name.  */
 
 char *
 getgroup (gid)
@@ -145,7 +151,6 @@ getgroup (gid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
-  char groupnum_string[20];
 
   for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     if (tail->id.g == gid)
@@ -154,13 +159,7 @@ getgroup (gid)
   grent = getgrgid (gid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.g = gid;
-  if (grent == 0)
-    {
-      sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
-      tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
-    }
-  else
-    tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
+  tail->name = (grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL);
 
   /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = group_alist;
@@ -168,21 +167,23 @@ getgroup (gid)
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
+#ifdef NOT_USED
+
+/* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such group.
    (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 gid_t *
 getgidbyname (group)
-     char *group;
+     const char *group;
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
 
   for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
       return &tail->id.g;
 
   for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -208,3 +209,5 @@ getgidbyname (group)
   nogroup_alist = tail;
   return 0;
 }
+
+#endif /* NOT_USED */

lib/interlock

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# interlock - wrap program invocation in lock to allow
+#             parallel builds to work.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 10 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Usage:
+#   interlock lock-dir-name program args-to-program...
+
+dirname="$1"
+program="$2"
+
+shift
+shift
+
+while (mkdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1 && exit 1 || exit 0); do
+   # Wait a bit.
+   sleep 1
+done
+
+# Race condition here: if interrupted after the loop but before this
+# trap, the lock can be left around.
+trap "rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
+
+# We have the lock, so run the program.
+$program ${1+"$@"}
+ret=$?
+
+# Release the lock.
+rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+exit $ret

lib/linebuffer.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* A `struct linebuffer' holds a line of text. */
 
@@ -24,20 +24,21 @@ struct linebuffer
   char *buffer;
 };
 
-#undef __P
+#undef PARAMS
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#define	__P(x) x
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #else
-#define	__P(x) ()
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
 #endif
 
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
-void initbuffer __P ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
+void initbuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
 
 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
    Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
    Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
-struct linebuffer *readline __P ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream));
+struct linebuffer *readline PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer,
+				     FILE *stream));
 
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
-void freebuffer __P ((struct linebuffer *));
+void freebuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *));

lib/long-options.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,11 +18,12 @@
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
+#include "closeout.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
 
 static struct option const long_options[] =
@@ -36,25 +37,24 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
    Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */
 
 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, version_string, usage)
+parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
      int argc;
      char **argv;
      const char *command_name;
-     const char *version_string;
+     const char *package;
+     const char *version;
      void (*usage)();
 {
   int c;
   int saved_opterr;
-  int saved_optind;
 
   saved_opterr = opterr;
-  saved_optind = optind;
 
   /* Don't print an error message for unrecognized options.  */
   opterr = 0;
 
   if (argc == 2
-      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
       switch (c)
 	{
@@ -62,7 +62,9 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, version_string, usage)
 	  (*usage) (0);
 
 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s - %s\n", command_name, version_string);
+	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
+			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);
 
 	default:
@@ -74,6 +76,7 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, version_string, usage)
   /* Restore previous value.  */
   opterr = saved_opterr;
 
-  /* Restore optind in case it has advanced past a leading `--'.  */
-  optind = saved_optind;
+  /* Reset this to zero so that getopt internals get initialized from
+     the probably-new parameters when/if getopt is called later.  */
+  optind = 0;
 }

lib/long-options.h

@@ -1,10 +1,32 @@
-#undef __P
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
+/* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
 
 void
-  parse_long_options __P ((int _argc, char **_argv, const char *_command_name,
-			   const char *_version_string, void (*_usage) (int)));
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+			      const char *_command_name,
+			      const char *_package,
+			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));

lib/lstat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby lstat succeeds when
+   given the zero-length file name argument.  The lstat from SunOS4.1.4
+   has this bug.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of lstat to rpl_lstat (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_lstat on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef lstat
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: describe.  */
+
+int
+rpl_lstat (file, sbuf)
+     const char *file;
+     struct stat *sbuf;
+{
+  if (file && *file == 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return lstat (file, sbuf);
+}

lib/makepath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # else
 #  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
+ #  pragma alloca
 #  else
 char *alloca ();
 #  endif
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ char *alloca ();
 
 #if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
 # undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
@@ -71,14 +71,49 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 0200
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 0100
+#endif
+
+#define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
 #endif
 
+#include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "makepath.h"
+#include "error.h"
 
-void error ();
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+
+#define CLEANUP_CWD					\
+  do							\
+    {							\
+      /* We're done operating on basename_dir.		\
+	 Restore working directory.  */			\
+      if (do_chdir)					\
+	{						\
+	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
+	  if (fail)					\
+	    return 1;					\
+	}						\
+    }							\
+  while (0)
+
+#define CLEANUP						\
+  do							\
+    {							\
+      umask (oldmask);					\
+      CLEANUP_CWD;					\
+    }							\
+  while (0)
 
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
    Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
@@ -98,7 +133,6 @@ void error ();
    Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper
    ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1.  */
 
-#if __STDC__
 int
 make_path (const char *argpath,
 	   int mode,
@@ -107,30 +141,11 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	   gid_t group,
 	   int preserve_existing,
 	   const char *verbose_fmt_string)
-#else
-int
-make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
-	   verbose_fmt_string)
-     const char *argpath;
-     int mode;
-     int parent_mode;
-     uid_t owner;
-     gid_t group;
-     int preserve_existing;
-     const char *verbose_fmt_string;
-#endif
 {
-  char *dirpath;		/* A copy we can scribble NULs on.  */
   struct stat stats;
   int retval = 0;
-  int oldmask = umask (0);
 
-  /* FIXME: move this alloca and strcpy into the if-block.
-     Set dirpath to argpath in the else-block.  */
-  dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
-  strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
-
-  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+  if (stat (argpath, &stats))
     {
       char *slash;
       int tmp_mode;		/* Initial perms for leading dirs.  */
@@ -141,12 +156,24 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	struct ptr_list *next;
       };
       struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL;
+      int do_chdir;		/* Whether to chdir before each mkdir.  */
+      struct saved_cwd cwd;
+      char *basename_dir;
+      char *dirpath;
+
+      /* Temporarily relax umask in case it's overly restrictive.  */
+      int oldmask = umask (0);
+
+      /* Make a copy of ARGPATH that we can scribble NULs on.  */
+      dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
+      strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (dirpath);
 
       /* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
 	 or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
 	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
-      if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300)
-	  || (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+      if (((parent_mode & WX_USR) != WX_USR)
+	  || ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
 	{
 	  tmp_mode = 0700;
@@ -158,49 +185,93 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	  re_protect = 0;
 	}
 
+      /* If we can record the current working directory, we may be able
+	 to do the chdir optimization.  */
+      do_chdir = !save_cwd (&cwd);
+
+      /* If we've saved the cwd and DIRPATH is an absolute pathname,
+	 we must chdir to `/' in order to enable the chdir optimization.
+         So if chdir ("/") fails, turn off the optimization.  */
+      if (do_chdir && *dirpath == '/' && chdir ("/") < 0)
+	do_chdir = 0;
+
       slash = dirpath;
+
+      /* Skip over leading slashes.  */
       while (*slash == '/')
 	slash++;
-      while ((slash = strchr (slash, '/')))
+
+      while (1)
 	{
+	  int newly_created_dir = 1;
+
+	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
+	  basename_dir = slash;
+
+	  slash = strchr (slash, '/');
+	  if (slash == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* If we're *not* doing chdir before each mkdir, then we have to refer
+	     to the target using the full (multi-component) directory name.  */
+	  if (!do_chdir)
+	    basename_dir = dirpath;
+
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
 	    {
-	      if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode))
+	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
 		{
 		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  umask (oldmask);
+		  CLEANUP;
+		  return 1;
+		}
+	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-		    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
-
-		  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
-		      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
-#if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
-		      && errno != EPERM
-#endif
-		      )
-		    {
-		      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
-		      retval = 1;
-		    }
-		  if (re_protect)
-		    {
-		      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
-			alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
-		      new->dirname_end = slash;
-		      new->next = leading_dirs;
-		      leading_dirs = new;
-		    }
+		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
+		  newly_created_dir = 0;
 		}
 	    }
-	  else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+
+	  if (newly_created_dir && verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
+	    fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+
+	  if (newly_created_dir
+	      && (owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
+	      && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
+#if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
+	      && errno != EPERM
+#endif
+	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-	      umask (oldmask);
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (re_protect)
+	    {
+	      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
+		alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
+	      new->dirname_end = slash;
+	      new->next = leading_dirs;
+	      leading_dirs = new;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we were able to save the initial working directory,
+	     then we can use chdir to change into each directory before
+	     creating an entry in that directory.  This avoids making
+	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
+	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
 
@@ -212,40 +283,49 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	    slash++;
 	}
 
+      if (!do_chdir)
+	basename_dir = dirpath;
+
       /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */
 
       /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
 	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
 
-      if (stat (dirpath, &stats) && mkdir (dirpath, mode))
+      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-	  umask (oldmask);
+	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
+
+      /* Done creating directories.  Restore original umask.  */
+      umask (oldmask);
+
       if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
 	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
 
       if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
-	  if (chown (dirpath, owner, group)
+	  if (chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
 	      && errno != EPERM
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode))
+	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
 
+      CLEANUP_CWD;
+
       /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
 	 privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct
 	 value.  */
@@ -263,10 +343,11 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
     {
       /* We get here if the entire path already exists.  */
 
+      const char *dirpath = argpath;
+
       if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
 	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-	  umask (oldmask);
 	  return 1;
 	}
 
@@ -278,7 +359,7 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	     On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not
 	     be able to chmod them.  So don't give files away.  */
 
-	  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+	  if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
 	      && errno != EPERM
@@ -296,6 +377,5 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	}
     }
 
-  umask (oldmask);
   return retval;
 }

lib/makepath.h

@@ -1,15 +1,16 @@
-#if __STDC__
-# undef __P
-# define __P(args) args
-#else
-# define __P(args) ()
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
 
 int
-make_path __P ((const char *_argpath,
-		int _mode,
-		int _parent_mode,
-		uid_t _owner,
-		gid_t _group,
-		int _preserve_existing,
-		const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
+		   int _mode,
+		   int _parent_mode,
+		   uid_t _owner,
+		   gid_t _group,
+		   int _preserve_existing,
+		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));

lib/malloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_malloc (n)
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}

lib/md5.c

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 /* md5.c - Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks
    according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -16,7 +18,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -24,7 +26,7 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#if STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
 # include <stdlib.h>
 # include <string.h>
 #else
@@ -35,6 +37,13 @@
 
 #include "md5.h"
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
 # define SWAP(n)							\
     (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
@@ -58,10 +67,16 @@ md5_init_ctx (ctx)
   ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
   ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
   ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
 }
 
-/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result must
-   be in little endian byte order.  */
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
 void *
 md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf)
      const struct md5_ctx *ctx;
@@ -75,6 +90,39 @@ md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf)
   return resbuf;
 }
 
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+md5_finish_ctx (ctx, resbuf)
+     struct md5_ctx *ctx;
+     void *resbuf;
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t pad;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes;
+  memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad);
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) |
+							(ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx);
+
+  return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
 /* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
    resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
    beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
@@ -86,16 +134,12 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
   /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64.  */
 #define BLOCKSIZE 4096
   struct md5_ctx ctx;
-  md5_uint32 len[2];
   char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
-  size_t pad, sum;
+  size_t sum;
 
   /* Initialize the computation context.  */
   md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
 
-  len[0] = 0;
-  len[1] = 0;
-
   /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
   while (1)
     {
@@ -108,7 +152,7 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
       /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
       do
 	{
-	  n = fread (buffer, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+	  n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
 
 	  sum += n;
 	}
@@ -116,13 +160,6 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
       if (n == 0 && ferror (stream))
         return 1;
 
-      /* RFC 1321 specifies the possible length of the file up to 2^64 bits.
-	 Here we only compute the number of bytes.  Do a double word
-         increment.  */
-      len[0] += sum;
-      if (len[0] < sum)
-	++len[1];
-
       /* If end of file is reached, end the loop.  */
       if (n == 0)
 	break;
@@ -133,27 +170,12 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
       md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
     }
 
-  /* We can copy 64 byte because the buffer is always big enough.  FILLBUF
-     contains the needed bits.  */
-  memcpy (&buffer[sum], fillbuf, 64);
-
-  /* Compute amount of padding bytes needed.  Alignment is done to
-		(N + PAD) % 64 == 56
-     There is always at least one byte padded.  I.e. even the alignment
-     is correctly aligned 64 padding bytes are added.  */
-  pad = sum & 63;
-  pad = pad >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - pad : 56 - pad;
-
-  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &buffer[sum + pad] = SWAP (len[0] << 3);
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &buffer[sum + pad + 4] = SWAP ((len[1] << 3)
-						 | (len[0] >> 29));
-
-  /* Process last bytes.  */
-  md5_process_block (buffer, sum + pad + 8, &ctx);
+  /* Add the last bytes if necessary.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
 
   /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
-  md5_read_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -168,37 +190,61 @@ md5_buffer (buffer, len, resblock)
      void *resblock;
 {
   struct md5_ctx ctx;
-  char restbuf[64 + 72];
-  size_t blocks = len & ~63;
-  size_t pad, rest;
 
   /* Initialize the computation context.  */
   md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
 
   /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
-  md5_process_block (buffer, blocks, &ctx);
-
-  /* REST bytes are not processed yet.  */
-  rest = len - blocks;
-  /* Copy to own buffer.  */
-  memcpy (restbuf, &buffer[blocks], rest);
-  /* Append needed fill bytes at end of buffer.  We can copy 64 byte
-     because the buffer is always big enough.  */
-  memcpy (&restbuf[rest], fillbuf, 64);
-
-  /* PAD bytes are used for padding to correct alignment.  Note that
-     always at least one byte is padded.  */
-  pad = rest >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - rest : 56 - rest;
-
-  /* Put length of buffer in *bits* in last eight bytes.  */
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &restbuf[rest + pad] = (md5_uint32) SWAP (len << 3);
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &restbuf[rest + pad + 4] = (md5_uint32) SWAP (len >> 29);
-
-  /* Process last bytes.  */
-  md5_process_block (restbuf, rest + pad + 8, &ctx);
+  md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
 
   /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
-  return md5_read_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+
+void
+md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, ctx)
+     const void *buffer;
+     size_t len;
+     struct md5_ctx *ctx;
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (left_over + add > 64)
+	{
+	  md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx);
+	  /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap.  */
+	  memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+		  (left_over + add) & 63);
+	  ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63;
+	}
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len > 64)
+    {
+      md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+      len &= 63;
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len);
+      ctx->buflen = len;
+    }
 }
 
 
@@ -229,6 +275,13 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
   md5_uint32 C = ctx->C;
   md5_uint32 D = ctx->D;
 
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += len;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < len)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
   /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of
      the loop.  */
   while (words < endp)

lib/md5.h

@@ -1,23 +1,25 @@
 /* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum
    computing library functions.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _MD5_H
-#define _MD5_H
+#define _MD5_H 1
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
@@ -32,33 +34,38 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
    the resulting executable.  Locally running cross-compiled executables
    is usually not possible.  */
 
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <sys/types.h>
+typedef u_int32_t md5_uint32;
 #else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+# else
+#  define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+# endif
 
 /* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
    This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
    that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
    (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
 
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
+# ifndef UINT_MAX
+#  define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+# endif
 
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-  typedef unsigned int md5_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-   typedef unsigned short md5_uint32;
+# if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+   typedef unsigned int md5_uint32;
 # else
-#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-    typedef unsigned long md5_uint32;
+#  if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+    typedef unsigned short md5_uint32;
 #  else
-    /* The following line is intended to evoke an error.
-       Using #error is not portable enough.  */
-    "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#   if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+     typedef unsigned long md5_uint32;
+#   else
+     /* The following line is intended to evoke an error.
+        Using #error is not portable enough.  */
+     "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -77,6 +84,10 @@ struct md5_ctx
   md5_uint32 B;
   md5_uint32 C;
   md5_uint32 D;
+
+  md5_uint32 total[2];
+  md5_uint32 buflen;
+  char buffer[128];
 };
 
 /*
@@ -86,30 +97,50 @@ struct md5_ctx
 
 /* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
    (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3)  */
-void md5_init_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+extern void md5_init_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx));
 
 /* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
-   initialzation function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
    starting at BUFFER.
    It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
-void md5_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
-			     struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+extern void md5_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void md5_process_bytes __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *md5_finish_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
 
 /* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
    always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
-   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
-void *md5_read_ctx __P ((const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *md5_read_ctx __P ((const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
 
 
 /* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
    resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
    beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
-int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
+extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
 
 /* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
    result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
    output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
    digest.  */
-void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
+extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
 #endif

lib/memcasecmp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,21 +25,23 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
-#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
 
 #if _LIBC || STDC_HEADERS
-# define TOLOWER(c) tolower (c)
+# define TOUPPER(c) toupper (c)
 #else
-# define TOLOWER(c) (ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER (c) ? toupper (c) : (c))
 #endif
 
 #include "memcasecmp.h"
 
-/* Like memcmp, but ignore differences in case.  */
+/* Like memcmp, but ignore differences in case.
+   Convert to upper case (not lower) before comparing so that
+   join -i works with sort -f.  */
 
 int
 memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
@@ -54,8 +56,8 @@ memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
     {
       unsigned char u1 = *s1++;
       unsigned char u2 = *s2++;
-      if (TOLOWER (u1) != TOLOWER (u2))
-        return TOLOWER (u1) - TOLOWER (u2);
+      if (TOUPPER (u1) != TOUPPER (u2))
+        return TOUPPER (u1) - TOUPPER (u2);
     }
   return 0;
 }

lib/memcasecmp.h

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-#undef __P
+#undef PARAMS
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define __P(args) args
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #else
-# define __P(args) ()
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
 #endif
 
 int
-  memcasecmp __P((const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n));
+  memcasecmp PARAMS ((const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n));

lib/memchr.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Based on strlen implemention by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
    with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
    commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
    adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -1,72 +1,83 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
+# include "config.h"
 #endif
 
 #undef	__ptr_t
-#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define	__ptr_t	void *
+#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t	void *
 #else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-#undef	const
-#define	const
-#define	__ptr_t	char *
+# undef	const
+# define const
+# define __ptr_t	char *
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
 
-#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) || defined (_LIBC)
-#include <string.h>
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
 #endif
 
+#undef memcmp
+
 #ifdef _LIBC
 
-#include <memcopy.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
 
 #else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
 
 /* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
    This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
    and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
-#define	op_t	unsigned long int
-#define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
+# define op_t	unsigned long int
+# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
 
 /* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
-#define	OP_T_THRES	16
+# define OP_T_THRES	16
 
 /* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
 typedef unsigned char byte;
 
-#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
-#else
-#define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
-#endif
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
+# else
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
+# endif
 
 #endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */
 
 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
 #else
-#define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
 #endif
 
 /* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
@@ -86,9 +97,12 @@ typedef unsigned char byte;
 /* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
    A and B are known to be different.
    This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
-#ifdef  __GNUC__
+
+static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
+
+# ifdef  __GNUC__
 __inline
-#endif
+# endif
 static int
 memcmp_bytes (a, b)
      op_t a, b;
@@ -109,6 +123,8 @@ memcmp_bytes (a, b)
 }
 #endif
 
+static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
 /* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
    objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
    memory operations on `op_t's.  */
@@ -126,6 +142,7 @@ memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 
   switch (len % 4)
     {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
     case 2:
       a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
       b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
@@ -196,6 +213,8 @@ memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
   return 0;
 }
 
+static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
 /* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
    `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
    operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
@@ -225,6 +244,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 
   switch (len % 4)
     {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
     case 2:
       a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
       a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
@@ -364,3 +384,8 @@ memcmp (s1, s2, len)
 
   return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+# undef bcmp
+weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
+#endif

lib/memcpy.c

@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 /* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR.  Result undefined
    if the source overlaps with the destination.
    Return DESTADDR. */

lib/memmove.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
    In the public domain.
    By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 

lib/mkdir.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* mkdir.c -- BSD compatible make directory function for System V
+/* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* mkdir adapted from GNU tar.  */

lib/mktime.c

@@ -1,79 +1,93 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
 
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
-Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
    mktime.  */
 /* #define DEBUG 1 */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
+#ifndef _REENTRANT
+# define _REENTRANT 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
+# define STDC_HEADERS 1
 #endif
 
 /* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
    If the host has a `zic' command with a `-L leapsecondfilename' option,
    then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't.  */
 #ifndef LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
-#define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
+# define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
 #include <time.h>
 
-#if __STDC__ || __GNU_LIBRARY__ || STDC_HEADERS
-#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
 #if DEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if __STDC__ || __GNU_LIBRARY__ || STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
+# include <stdio.h>
+# if STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
 /* Make it work even if the system's libc has its own mktime routine.  */
-#define mktime my_mktime
+# define mktime my_mktime
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
 #ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
+# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
 #endif  /* Not __P.  */
 
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
 
 #ifndef INT_MIN
-#define INT_MIN (~0 << (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+# define INT_MIN (~0 << (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
 #endif
 #ifndef INT_MAX
-#define INT_MAX (~0 - INT_MIN)
+# define INT_MAX (~0 - INT_MIN)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef TIME_T_MIN
-#define TIME_T_MIN (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
-		    : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+/* The outer cast to time_t works around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
+# define TIME_T_MIN ((time_t) \
+		    (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
+		     : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
 #endif
 #ifndef TIME_T_MAX
-#define TIME_T_MAX (~ (time_t) 0 - TIME_T_MIN)
+# define TIME_T_MAX (~ (time_t) 0 - TIME_T_MIN)
 #endif
 
 #define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
@@ -82,7 +96,7 @@ Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #ifndef __isleap
 /* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
    except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
-#define	__isleap(year)	\
+# define __isleap(year)	\
   ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
 #endif
 
@@ -95,18 +109,21 @@ const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
     { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
   };
 
+static struct tm *ranged_convert __P ((struct tm *(*) __P ((const time_t *,
+							    struct tm *)),
+				       time_t *, struct tm *));
 static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
 time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
 			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
 			       time_t *));
 
 
-#if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r)
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define localtime_r __localtime_r
 #else
+# if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined localtime_r
 /* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#define localtime_r my_localtime_r
+#  define localtime_r my_mktime_localtime_r
 static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 localtime_r (t, tp)
@@ -119,42 +136,112 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   *tp = *l;
   return tp;
 }
+# endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */
 #endif /* ! _LIBC */
-#endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */
 
 
 /* Yield the difference between (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC) and (*TP),
    measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
    YEAR uses the same numbering as TM->tm_year.
    All values are in range, except possibly YEAR.
+   If TP is null, return a nonzero value.
    If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer.  */
 static time_t
 ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
      int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
      const struct tm *tp;
 {
-  time_t ay = year + (time_t) (TM_YEAR_BASE - 1);
-  time_t by = tp->tm_year + (time_t) (TM_YEAR_BASE - 1);
-  time_t intervening_leap_days =
-    (ay/4 - by/4) - (ay/100 - by/100) + (ay/400 - by/400);
-  time_t years = ay - by;
-  time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
-		 + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
-  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
-		+ (min - tp->tm_min))
-	  + (sec - tp->tm_sec));
+  if (!tp)
+    return 1;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+	 Take care to avoid int overflow.  time_t overflow is OK, since
+	 only the low order bits of the correct time_t answer are needed.
+	 Don't convert to time_t until after all divisions are done, since
+	 time_t might be unsigned.  */
+      int a4 = (year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (year & 3);
+      int b4 = (tp->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (tp->tm_year & 3);
+      int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+      int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+      int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+      int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+      int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+      time_t years = year - (time_t) tp->tm_year;
+      time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+		     + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
+      return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
+		    + (min - tp->tm_min))
+	      + (sec - tp->tm_sec));
+    }
 }
 
 
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
 /* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
 time_t
 mktime (tp)
      struct tm *tp;
 {
-  static time_t localtime_offset;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
   return __mktime_internal (tp, localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
 }
 
+/* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
+   If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
+   it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.  */
+static struct tm *
+ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
+     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+     time_t *t;
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+  struct tm *r;
+
+  if (! (r = (*convert) (t, tp)) && *t)
+    {
+      time_t bad = *t;
+      time_t ok = 0;
+      struct tm tm;
+
+      /* BAD is a known unconvertible time_t, and OK is a known good one.
+	 Use binary search to narrow the range between BAD and OK until
+	 they differ by 1.  */
+      while (bad != ok + (bad < 0 ? -1 : 1))
+	{
+	  time_t mid = *t = (bad < 0
+			     ? bad + ((ok - bad) >> 1)
+			     : ok + ((bad - ok) >> 1));
+	  if ((r = (*convert) (t, tp)))
+	    {
+	      tm = *r;
+	      ok = mid;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    bad = mid;
+	}
+
+      if (!r && ok)
+	{
+	  /* The last conversion attempt failed;
+	     revert to the most recent successful attempt.  */
+	  *t = ok;
+	  *tp = tm;
+	  r = tp;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+
 /* Convert *TP to a time_t value, inverting
    the monotonic and mostly-unit-linear conversion function CONVERT.
    Use *OFFSET to keep track of a guess at the offset of the result,
@@ -171,7 +258,7 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
 
   /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
      to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
-     and leap seconds.  Posix.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
+     and leap seconds.  POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
      have them anyway.  */
   int remaining_probes = 4;
 
@@ -202,10 +289,10 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
 	       [mon_remainder + 12 * negative_mon_remainder])
 	      + mday - 1);
 
+  int sec_requested = sec;
 #if LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
   /* Handle out-of-range seconds specially,
      since ydhms_tm_diff assumes every minute has 60 seconds.  */
-  int sec_requested = sec;
   if (sec < 0)
     sec = 0;
   if (59 < sec)
@@ -220,7 +307,8 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
   t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);
 
   for (t = t0 + *offset;
-       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, (*convert) (&t, &tm)));
+       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+			    ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm)));
        t += dt)
     if (--remaining_probes == 0)
       return -1;
@@ -240,7 +328,7 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
 	    {
 	      struct tm otm;
 	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
-					 (*convert) (&ot, &otm))))
+					 ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))))
 		{
 		  t = ot;
 		  tm = otm;
@@ -260,7 +348,8 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
       /* Adjust time to reflect the tm_sec requested, not the normalized value.
 	 Also, repair any damage from a false match due to a leap second.  */
       t += sec_requested - sec + (sec == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 60);
-      (*convert) (&t, &tm);
+      if (! (*convert) (&t, &tm))
+	return -1;
     }
 #endif
 
@@ -310,25 +399,28 @@ static void
 print_tm (tp)
      struct tm *tp;
 {
-  printf ("%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d yday %03d wday %d isdst %d",
-	  tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_mday,
-	  tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec,
-	  tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday, tp->tm_isdst);
+  if (tp)
+    printf ("%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d yday %03d wday %d isdst %d",
+	    tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_mday,
+	    tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec,
+	    tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday, tp->tm_isdst);
+  else
+    printf ("0");
 }
 
 static int
-check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml)
+check_result (tk, tmk, tl, lt)
      time_t tk;
      struct tm tmk;
      time_t tl;
-     struct tm tml;
+     struct tm *lt;
 {
-  if (tk != tl || not_equal_tm (&tmk, &tml))
+  if (tk != tl || !lt || not_equal_tm (&tmk, lt))
     {
       printf ("mktime (");
       print_tm (&tmk);
       printf (")\nyields (");
-      print_tm (&tml);
+      print_tm (lt);
       printf (") == %ld, should be %ld\n", (long) tl, (long) tk);
       return 1;
     }
@@ -343,6 +435,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 {
   int status = 0;
   struct tm tm, tmk, tml;
+  struct tm *lt;
   time_t tk, tl;
   char trailer;
 
@@ -359,11 +452,16 @@ main (argc, argv)
       tm.tm_isdst = argc == 3 ? -1 : atoi (argv[3]);
       tmk = tm;
       tl = mktime (&tmk);
-      tml = *localtime (&tl);
+      lt = localtime (&tl);
+      if (lt)
+	{
+	  tml = *lt;
+	  lt = &tml;
+	}
       printf ("mktime returns %ld == ", (long) tl);
       print_tm (&tmk);
       printf ("\n");
-      status = check_result (tl, tmk, tl, tml);
+      status = check_result (tl, tmk, tl, lt);
     }
   else if (argc == 4 || (argc == 5 && strcmp (argv[4], "-") == 0))
     {
@@ -374,19 +472,35 @@ main (argc, argv)
       if (argc == 4)
 	for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
 	  {
-	    tml = *localtime (&tl);
-	    tmk = tml;
-	    tk = mktime (&tmk);
-	    status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	    lt = localtime (&tl);
+	    if (lt)
+	      {
+		tmk = tml = *lt;
+		tk = mktime (&tmk);
+		status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		printf ("localtime (%ld) yields 0\n", (long) tl);
+		status = 1;
+	      }
 	  }
       else
 	for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
 	  {
 	    /* Null benchmark.  */
-	    tml = *localtime (&tl);
-	    tmk = tml;
-	    tk = tl;
-	    status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	    lt = localtime (&tl);
+	    if (lt)
+	      {
+		tmk = tml = *lt;
+		tk = tl;
+		status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		printf ("localtime (%ld) yields 0\n", (long) tl);
+		status = 1;
+	      }
 	  }
     }
   else
@@ -403,6 +517,6 @@ main (argc, argv)
 
 /*
 Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG=1 -Wall -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -D__EXTENSIONS__ -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DHAVE_LOCALTIME_R -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
 End:
 */

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ char *malloc ();
 
 #if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
 # undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
@@ -236,6 +236,33 @@ invalid:
   return MODE_INVALID;
 }
 
+/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
+   of REF_FILE.  Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
+
+struct mode_change *
+mode_create_from_ref (ref_file)
+     const char *ref_file;
+{
+  struct mode_change *change;	/* the only change element */
+  struct stat ref_stats;
+
+  if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats))
+    return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE;
+
+  change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+
+  if (change == NULL)
+    return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+
+  change->op = '=';
+  change->flags = 0;
+  change->affected = 07777;
+  change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
+  change->next = NULL;
+
+  return change;
+}
+
 /* Return file mode OLDMODE, adjusted as indicated by the list of change
    operations CHANGES.  If OLDMODE is a directory, the type `X'
    change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.

lib/modechange.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.h -- definitions for file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,14 +17,17 @@
 
 /* Masks for the `flags' field in a `struct mode_change'. */
 
+#if ! defined MODECHANGE_H_
+# define MODECHANGE_H_
+
 /* Affect the execute bits only if at least one execute bit is set already,
    or if the file is a directory. */
-#define MODE_X_IF_ANY_X 01
+# define MODE_X_IF_ANY_X 01
 
 /* If set, copy some existing permissions for u, g, or o onto the other two.
    Which of u, g, or o is copied is determined by which bits are set in the
    `value' field. */
-#define MODE_COPY_EXISTING 02
+# define MODE_COPY_EXISTING 02
 
 struct mode_change
 {
@@ -36,22 +39,27 @@ struct mode_change
 };
 
 /* Masks for mode_compile argument. */
-#define MODE_MASK_EQUALS 1
-#define MODE_MASK_PLUS 2
-#define MODE_MASK_MINUS 4
+# define MODE_MASK_EQUALS 1
+# define MODE_MASK_PLUS 2
+# define MODE_MASK_MINUS 4
+# define MODE_MASK_ALL (MODE_MASK_EQUALS | MODE_MASK_PLUS | MODE_MASK_MINUS)
 
 /* Error return values for mode_compile. */
-#define MODE_INVALID (struct mode_change *) 0
-#define MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED (struct mode_change *) 1
+# define MODE_INVALID (struct mode_change *) 0
+# define MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED (struct mode_change *) 1
+# define MODE_BAD_REFERENCE (struct mode_change *) 2
 
-#ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
-struct mode_change *mode_compile __P ((const char *, unsigned));
-unsigned short mode_adjust __P ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
-void mode_free __P ((struct mode_change *));
+struct mode_change *mode_compile PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+struct mode_change *mode_create_from_ref PARAMS ((const char *));
+unsigned short mode_adjust PARAMS ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
+void mode_free PARAMS ((struct mode_change *));
+
+#endif

lib/mountlist.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,79 +24,92 @@
 #include "mountlist.h"
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 void free ();
 #endif
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef strstr
 char *strstr ();
+#endif
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xrealloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 void error ();
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined (MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)	/* __alpha running OSF_1 */
-#  include <sys/mount.h>
-#  include <sys/fs_types.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
-#include <mntent.h>
-#if !defined(MOUNTED)
+# include <mntent.h>
+# if !defined(MOUNTED)
 #  if defined(MNT_MNTTAB)	/* HP-UX.  */
-#    define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
+#   define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
 #  endif
 #  if defined(MNTTABNAME)	/* Dynix.  */
-#    define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
+#   define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
 #  endif
-#endif
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO	/* 4.4BSD.  */
-#include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNT		/* Ultrix.  */
-#include <sys/mount.h>
-#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD		/* SVR2.  */
-#include <mnttab.h>
+# include <mnttab.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP	/* SVR3.  */
-#include <mnttab.h>
-#include <sys/fstyp.h>
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
+# include <mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/fstyp.h>
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
-#include <mntent.h>
+# include <mntent.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2	/* SVR4.  */
-#include <sys/mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/mnttab.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT		/* AIX.  */
-#include <fshelp.h>
-#include <sys/vfs.h>
+# include <fshelp.h>
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DOLPHIN
 /* So special that it's not worth putting this in autoconf.  */
-#undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
-#define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+# undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
+# define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+/* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
+# include <sys/mntent.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MNTOPT_IGNORE) && defined (HAVE_HASMNTOPT)
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt ((M), MNTOPT_IGNORE)
+#else
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) 0
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
@@ -127,37 +140,97 @@ xatoi (cp)
 }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1.  */
 
-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__)
+#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__) && !defined (__OpenBSD__)
 static char *
 fstype_to_string (t)
      short t;
 {
   switch (t)
     {
-    case MOUNT_UFS:
-      return "ufs";
-    case MOUNT_NFS:
-      return "nfs";
-#ifdef MOUNT_PC
+# ifdef MOUNT_PC
     case MOUNT_PC:
       return "pc";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_MFS
     case MOUNT_MFS:
       return "mfs";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LO
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_LO
     case MOUNT_LO:
       return "lo";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_TFS
     case MOUNT_TFS:
       return "tfs";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_TMP
     case MOUNT_TMP:
       return "tmp";
-#endif
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+   case MOUNT_UFS:
+     return "ufs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+   case MOUNT_NFS:
+     return "nfs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+   case MOUNT_MSDOS:
+     return "msdos" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+   case MOUNT_LFS:
+     return "lfs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+   case MOUNT_LOFS:
+     return "lofs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+   case MOUNT_FDESC:
+     return "fdesc" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+   case MOUNT_PORTAL:
+     return "portal" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+   case MOUNT_NULL:
+     return "null" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+   case MOUNT_UMAP:
+     return "umap" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+   case MOUNT_KERNFS:
+     return "kernfs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+   case MOUNT_PROCFS:
+     return "procfs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+   case MOUNT_AFS:
+     return "afs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+   case MOUNT_CD9660:
+     return "cd9660" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+   case MOUNT_UNION:
+     return "union" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+   case MOUNT_DEVFS:
+     return "devfs" ;
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+   case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
+     return "ext2fs" ;
+# endif
     default:
       return "?";
     }
@@ -204,7 +277,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     struct tabmntent *mntlist, *p;
     struct mntent *mnt;
     struct mount_entry *me;
-    
+
     /* the third and fourth arguments could be used to filter mounts,
        but Crays doesn't seem to have any mounts that we want to
        remove. Specifically, automount create normal NFS mounts.
@@ -285,11 +358,11 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
-#ifdef __NetBSD__
+# if defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__)
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
-#else
+# else
 	me->me_type = fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 	me->me_next = NULL;
 
@@ -376,17 +449,17 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     while (fread (&mnt, sizeof mnt, 1, fp) > 0)
       {
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-#ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
+# ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mt_dev);
-#else
+# else
 	me->me_devname = xmalloc (strlen (mnt.mt_dev) + 6);
 	strcpy (me->me_devname, "/dev/");
 	strcpy (me->me_devname + 5, mnt.mt_dev);
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mt_filsys);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 	me->me_type = "";
-#ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
+# ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
 	if (need_fs_type)
 	  {
 	    struct statfs fsd;
@@ -396,7 +469,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 		&& sysfs (GETFSTYP, fsd.f_fstyp, typebuf) != -1)
 	      me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
 	  }
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
@@ -442,6 +515,10 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 
     while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
       {
+	/* Don't show automounted filesystems twice on e.g., Solaris.  */
+	if (!all_fs && MNT_IGNORE (&mnt))
+	  continue;
+
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,34 +1,50 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include "obstack.h"
 
-/* This is just to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#include <stdio.h>
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
 
 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
    and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
    (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
@@ -40,7 +56,7 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Determine default alignment.  */
 struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
 #define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
-  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *)&((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *)0))
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
 /* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
    But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
    DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
@@ -55,6 +71,28 @@ union fooround {long x; double d;};
 #define COPYING_UNIT int
 #endif
 
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This variable by default points to the internal function
+   `print_and_abort'.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+#else
+static void print_and_abort ();
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+#if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
 /* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
    to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
 
@@ -66,18 +104,33 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
    For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
    do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
 
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
   (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
    ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
-   : (*(h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
 
 #define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
   do { \
     if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
       (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
     else \
-      (*(h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
   } while (0)
+#else
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+#endif
 
 
 /* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
@@ -94,10 +147,15 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
      struct obstack *h;
      int size;
      int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
+     void (*freefun) (void *);
+#else
      POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
      void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
 
   if (alignment == 0)
     alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
@@ -118,25 +176,27 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
       size = 4096 - extra;
     }
 
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
   h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
   h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
   h->chunk_size = size;
   h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
   h->use_extra_arg = 0;
 
   chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
   if (!chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
   h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
   h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
     = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
   chunk->prev = 0;
   /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
   return 1;
 }
 
@@ -145,11 +205,16 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
      struct obstack *h;
      int size;
      int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
+     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
+#else
      POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
      void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
      POINTER arg;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
 
   if (alignment == 0)
     alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
@@ -170,8 +235,13 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
       size = 4096 - extra;
     }
 
+#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
   h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
   h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
   h->chunk_size = size;
   h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
   h->extra_arg = arg;
@@ -179,17 +249,14 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
 
   chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
   if (!chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
   h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
   h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
     = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
   chunk->prev = 0;
   /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
   return 1;
 }
 
@@ -204,8 +271,8 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
      struct obstack *h;
      int length;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*	old_chunk = h->chunk;
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*	new_chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
   register long	new_size;
   register int obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
   register int i;
@@ -219,11 +286,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
   new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
   if (!new_chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
   h->chunk = new_chunk;
   new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
   new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
@@ -278,14 +341,14 @@ _obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
      struct obstack *h;
      POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
 
   lp = (h)->chunk;
   /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
      the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
-     at the end of an adjacent chunk. */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
     {
       plp = lp->prev;
       lp = plp;
@@ -306,14 +369,14 @@ _obstack_free (h, obj)
      struct obstack *h;
      POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
 
   lp = h->chunk;
   /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
      But there can be an empty object at that address
      at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
     {
       plp = lp->prev;
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
@@ -324,7 +387,7 @@ _obstack_free (h, obj)
     }
   if (lp)
     {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
       h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
       h->chunk = lp;
     }
@@ -340,14 +403,14 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
      struct obstack *h;
      POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
 
   lp = h->chunk;
   /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
      But there can be an empty object at that address
      at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
     {
       plp = lp->prev;
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
@@ -358,7 +421,7 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
     }
   if (lp)
     {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
       h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
       h->chunk = lp;
     }
@@ -367,6 +430,39 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
     abort ();
 }
 
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+#ifndef _
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(Str) gettext (Str)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define _(Str) (Str)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static void
+print_and_abort ()
+{
+  fputs (_("memory exhausted\n"), stderr);
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
 #if 0
 /* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
    and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
@@ -405,6 +501,13 @@ int (obstack_room) (obstack)
   return obstack_room (obstack);
 }
 
+int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
+}
+
 void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
      POINTER pointer;
@@ -482,4 +585,4 @@ POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
 
 #endif /* 0 */
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -1,19 +1,25 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 /* Summary:
 
@@ -100,23 +106,23 @@ Summary:
 
 /* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
 
-#ifndef __OBSTACK_H__
-#define __OBSTACK_H__
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1
 
-/* We use subtraction of (char *)0 instead of casting to int
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
    because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
    may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
 
 #ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
-#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *)0)
+#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
-#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *)0)
+#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
 #endif
 
 /* We need the type of the resulting object.  In ANSI C it is ptrdiff_t
@@ -142,14 +148,16 @@ Summary:
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE long
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS
-# include <string.h>
-# ifndef bcopy
-#  define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
-# endif
-#else /* HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS */
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif   /* not (HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS) */
+#if defined (_LIBC) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+#ifdef memcpy
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
+#endif
+#endif
 
 struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 {
@@ -161,21 +169,32 @@ struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 {
   long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
-  struct _obstack_chunk* chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
   char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
   char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
   char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
   PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
   int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#else
   struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
   void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
   char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#endif
   unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
   unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
 				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
 				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
 				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
-  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* chunk alloc func returned 0 */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+				   handler on error, but retained for binary
+				   compatibility.  */
 };
 
 /* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
@@ -184,14 +203,17 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
 extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
 extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
-			    void *(*) (), void (*) ());
+			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
-			      void *(*) (), void (*) (), void *);
+			     void *(*) (void *, long),
+			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
 #else
 extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
 extern void _obstack_free ();
 extern int _obstack_begin ();
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
 #endif
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
@@ -222,6 +244,7 @@ void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
 void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
@@ -231,17 +254,30 @@ void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
 void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 #endif /* __STDC__ */
 
 /* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
    so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function.  The
+   default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+#else
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
 
 /* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
    Note that this might not be the final address of the object
    because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
 
-#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->object_base)
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)
 
 /* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
 
@@ -249,12 +285,41 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 /* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
 
-#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free)
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)
 
 /* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
 
 #define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
 
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
+   standard C version.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+#define obstack_init(h) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_begin(h, size) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \
+		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#else
+
 #define obstack_init(h) \
   _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
 		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
@@ -277,11 +342,15 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
   ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
 
+#endif
+
 #define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
 
 #define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
 
-#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__)
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 /* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
    does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
    __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
@@ -297,7 +366,6 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
   __extension__								\
   ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-     __o->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
      (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
 
 #define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
@@ -305,17 +373,27 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
   ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
      (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
 
+#define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); })
+
 #define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
 __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     {									\
-        bcopy ((char *) (where), __o->next_free, __len);		\
-	__o->next_free += __len;					\
-     }									\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
@@ -324,12 +402,9 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     {									\
-       bcopy ((char *) (where), __o->next_free, __len);			\
-       __o->next_free += __len;						\
-       *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
-     }									\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
@@ -337,8 +412,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
    (void) 0; })
 
 /* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
@@ -350,8 +424,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
@@ -359,12 +432,11 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
-#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **)(h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
-#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *)(h)->next_free)++ = (int)aint)
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
 
 #define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
 __extension__								\
@@ -372,8 +444,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
@@ -400,21 +471,16 @@ __extension__								\
 __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
    void *value;								\
-   if (__o1->alloc_failed)						\
-     value = 0;								\
-   else									\
-     {									\
-       value = (void *) __o1->object_base;				\
-       if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
-         __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
-       __o1->next_free							\
-	 = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
-			 & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
-       if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk			\
-	   > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
-	 __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
-       __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;				\
-      }									\
+   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
+   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+   __o1->next_free							\
+     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
    value; })
 
 #define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
@@ -428,61 +494,63 @@ __extension__								\
 #else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
 
 #define obstack_object_size(h) \
- (unsigned) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
 
 #define obstack_room(h)		\
  (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
 
+#define obstack_empty_p(h) \
+ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0)
+
 /* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
    so that we can avoid having void expressions
    in the arms of the conditional expression.
    Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
    but some compilers won't accept it.  */
 
+#define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
+
 #define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (bcopy ((char *) (where), (h)->next_free, (h)->temp),			\
-  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
 
 #define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (bcopy ((char *) (where), (h)->next_free, (h)->temp),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
-  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)))
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
 
 #define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
 ( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
- ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum))))
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))
 
 #define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((char **)(((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *)datum))))
+  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))
 
 #define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((int *)(((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int)datum))))
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))
 
-#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **)(h)->next_free)++ = (char *)aptr)
-#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *)(h)->next_free)++ = (int)aint)
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
 
 #define obstack_blank(h,length)						\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))
 
 #define obstack_alloc(h,length)						\
  (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
@@ -494,30 +562,29 @@ __extension__								\
  (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
 
 #define obstack_finish(h)  						\
-( (h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
    ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
    : 0),								\
   (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
   (h)->next_free							\
     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
 		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
-  (((h)->next_free - (char *)(h)->chunk					\
-    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *)(h)->chunk)				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
    ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
   (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
-  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp)))
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *)(obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
   (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
    ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
 	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
    : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
 #else
 #define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *)(obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
   (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
    ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
 	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
@@ -526,4 +593,8 @@ __extension__								\
 
 #endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
 
-#endif /* not __OBSTACK_H__ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}	/* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* obstack.h */

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* path-concat.c -- concatenate two arbitrary pathnames
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,11 +18,20 @@
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 char *malloc ();
-char *stpcpy ();
 
 /* Concatenate two pathname components, DIR and BASE, in newly-allocated
    storage and return the result.  Return 0 if out of memory.  Add a slash
@@ -40,22 +49,24 @@ path_concat (dir, base, base_in_result)
 {
   char *p;
   char *p_concat;
+  size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+  size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
 
-  p_concat = malloc (strlen (dir) + strlen (base) + 2);
+  p_concat = malloc (dir_len + base_len + 2);
   if (!p_concat)
     return 0;
 
-  p = stpcpy (p_concat, dir);
+  p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dir_len);
 
   if (*(p - 1) == '/' && *base == '/')
     --p;
   else if (*(p - 1) != '/' && *base != '/')
-    p = stpcpy (p, "/");
+    *p++ = '/';
 
   if (base_in_result)
     *base_in_result = p;
 
-  stpcpy (p, base);
+  memcpy (p, base, base_len + 1);
 
   return p_concat;
 }

lib/path-concat.h

@@ -1,9 +1,15 @@
-#if __STDC__
-# undef __P
-# define __P(args) args
-#else
-# define __P(args) ()
-#endif
+#if ! defined PATH_CONCAT_H_
+# define PATH_CONCAT_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 char *
-path_concat __P ((const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result));
+path_concat PARAMS ((const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result));
+
+#endif

lib/posixtm.y

@@ -67,9 +67,56 @@ static struct tm t;
 
 time_t mktime ();
 
-#define yyparse posixtime_yyparse
+/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
+   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
+   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
+   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
+   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
+   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
+   names to this list. */
+
+#define yymaxdepth pt_maxdepth
+#define yyparse pt_parse
+#define yylex   pt_lex
+#define yyerror pt_error
+#define yylval  pt_lval
+#define yychar  pt_char
+#define yydebug pt_debug
+#define yypact  pt_pact
+#define yyr1    pt_r1
+#define yyr2    pt_r2
+#define yydef   pt_def
+#define yychk   pt_chk
+#define yypgo   pt_pgo
+#define yyact   pt_act
+#define yyexca  pt_exca
+#define yyerrflag pt_errflag
+#define yynerrs pt_nerrs
+#define yyps    pt_ps
+#define yypv    pt_pv
+#define yys     pt_s
+#define yy_yys  pt_yys
+#define yystate pt_state
+#define yytmp   pt_tmp
+#define yyv     pt_v
+#define yy_yyv  pt_yyv
+#define yyval   pt_val
+#define yylloc  pt_lloc
+#define yyreds  pt_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yytoks  pt_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yylhs   pt_yylhs
+#define yylen   pt_yylen
+#define yydefred pt_yydefred
+#define yydgoto pt_yydgoto
+#define yysindex pt_yysindex
+#define yyrindex pt_yyrindex
+#define yygindex pt_yygindex
+#define yytable  pt_yytable
+#define yycheck  pt_yycheck
+
 static int yylex ();
 static int yyerror ();
+
 %}
 
 %token DIGIT

lib/putenv.c

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include <errno.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Define-away any (possibly conflicting) prototype of putenv.
-   Many systems omit the `const' attribute on the argument.  */
-#define putenv _sys_putenv
+/* Disable the definition of putenv to rpl_putenv (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_putenv on
+   systems like Irix 5.3.  */
+#undef putenv
 
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
 # include <stdlib.h>
@@ -38,8 +38,6 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-#undef putenv
-
 #if !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined (HAVE_STRCHR)
 # define strchr index
 #endif
@@ -56,7 +54,7 @@ extern char **environ;
 
 /* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.  */
 int
-putenv (string)
+rpl_putenv (string)
      const char *string;
 {
   const char *const name_end = strchr (string, '=');

lib/readutmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* GNU's read utmp module.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by jla; revised by djm */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#include "readutmp.h"
+
+char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* Copy UT->ut_name into storage obtained from malloc.  Then remove any
+   trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
+
+char *
+extract_trimmed_name (ut)
+  const STRUCT_UTMP *ut;
+{
+  char *p, *trimmed_name;
+
+  trimmed_name = xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_name) + 1);
+  strncpy (trimmed_name, ut->ut_name, sizeof (ut->ut_name));
+  /* Append a trailing space character.  Some systems pad names shorter than
+     the maximum with spaces, others pad with NULs.  Remove any spaces.  */
+  trimmed_name[sizeof (ut->ut_name)] = ' ';
+  p = strchr (trimmed_name, ' ');
+  if (p != NULL)
+    *p = '\0';
+  return trimmed_name;
+}
+
+/* Read the utmp file FILENAME into *UTMP_BUF, set *N_ENTRIES to the
+   number of entries read, and return zero.  If there is any error,
+   return non-zero and don't modify the parameters.  */
+
+int
+read_utmp (filename, n_entries, utmp_buf)
+  const char *filename;
+  int *n_entries;
+  STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf;
+{
+  FILE *utmp;
+  struct stat file_stats;
+  size_t n_read;
+  size_t size;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *buf;
+
+  utmp = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (utmp == NULL)
+    return 1;
+
+  fstat (fileno (utmp), &file_stats);
+  size = file_stats.st_size;
+  if (size > 0)
+    buf = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xmalloc (size);
+  else
+    {
+      fclose (utmp);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Use < instead of != in case the utmp just grew.  */
+  n_read = fread (buf, 1, size, utmp);
+  if (ferror (utmp) || fclose (utmp) == EOF
+      || n_read < size)
+    return 1;
+
+  *n_entries = size / sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP);
+  *utmp_buf = buf;
+
+  return 0;
+}

lib/readutmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by jla; revised by djm */
+
+#ifndef __READUTMP_H__
+# define __READUTMP_H__
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#  include <utmpx.h>
+#  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmpx
+#  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_tv.tv_sec)
+# else
+#  include <utmp.h>
+#  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmp
+#  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_time)
+# endif
+
+typedef struct UTMP_STRUCT_NAME STRUCT_UTMP;
+
+# include <time.h>
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (UTMP_FILE) && defined (_PATH_UTMP)
+#  define UTMP_FILE _PATH_UTMP
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (WTMP_FILE) && defined (_PATH_WTMP)
+#  define WTMP_FILE _PATH_WTMP
+# endif
+
+# ifdef UTMPX_FILE /* Solaris, SysVr4 */
+#  undef UTMP_FILE
+#  define UTMP_FILE UTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+
+# ifdef WTMPX_FILE /* Solaris, SysVr4 */
+#  undef WTMP_FILE
+#  define WTMP_FILE WTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+
+# ifndef UTMP_FILE
+#  define UTMP_FILE "/etc/utmp"
+# endif
+
+# ifndef WTMP_FILE
+#  define WTMP_FILE "/etc/wtmp"
+# endif
+
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+
+extern char *extract_trimmed_name PARAMS ((const STRUCT_UTMP *ut));
+extern int read_utmp PARAMS ((const char *filename,
+			      int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf));
+
+#endif /* __READUTMP_H__ */

lib/realloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef realloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
+   use malloc.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_realloc (p, n)
+     char *p;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  if (p == 0)
+    return malloc (n);
+  return realloc (p, n);
+}

lib/regex.h

@@ -1,24 +1,33 @@
 /* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
    expression library, version 0.12.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the 
+GNU C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-#ifndef __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
-#define __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
 
 /* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
    <regex.h>.  */
@@ -29,17 +38,23 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
 
 /* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
    recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
    remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
    the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
    add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
-typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
 
 /* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
    If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
-#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS (1)
+#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
 
 /* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
      literals.
@@ -134,6 +149,18 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
    without further backtracking.  */
 #define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
 
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
 /* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
    some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
    stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
@@ -147,13 +174,19 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 #define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
-  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS            | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR               | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
-   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK 						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
   (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
@@ -209,7 +242,8 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 #ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
 #undef RE_DUP_MAX
 #endif
-#define RE_DUP_MAX ((1 << 15) - 1)
+/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
+#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
 
 
 /* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
@@ -292,10 +326,10 @@ struct re_pattern_buffer
   unsigned char *buffer;
 
 	/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
-  unsigned long allocated;
+  unsigned long int allocated;
 
 	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
-  unsigned long used;
+  unsigned long int used;
 
         /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
   reg_syntax_t syntax;
@@ -410,7 +444,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
    and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
    BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
 extern const char *re_compile_pattern
-  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, int length,
+  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
              struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 
 
@@ -469,10 +503,12 @@ extern void re_set_registers
              unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 
 #ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP
+#ifndef _CRAY
 /* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
 extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 #endif
+#endif
 
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
 extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags));
@@ -484,7 +520,12 @@ extern size_t regerror
              size_t errbuf_size));
 extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg));
 
-#endif /* not __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
 
 /*
 Local variables:

lib/rename.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* rename.c -- BSD compatible directory function for System V
+/* BSD compatible rename and directory rename function for System V.
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* Rename file FROM to file TO.
@@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ rename (from, to)
         return -1;
     }
 
+#ifdef MVDIR
+
+/* If MVDIR is defined, it should be the full filename of a setuid root
+   program able to link and unlink directories.  If MVDIR is not defined,
+   then the capability of renaming directories may be missing.  */
+
   if (S_ISDIR (from_stats.st_mode))
     {
       /* Need a setuid root process to link and unlink directories. */
@@ -90,6 +96,9 @@ rename (from, to)
 	}
     }
   else
+
+#endif /* MVDIR */
+
     {
       if (link (from, to))
 	return -1;

lib/rmdir.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* rmdir.c -- BSD compatible remove directory function for System V
+/* BSD compatible remove directory function for System V
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* rmdir adapted from GNU tar.  */

lib/rpmatch.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
-/* rpmatch - determine whether string value is affirmation or negative
-	     response according to current locale's data
-Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Determine whether string value is affirmation or negative response
+   according to current locale's data.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -30,7 +30,11 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <regex.h>
+#if WITH_REGEX
+# include <regex.h>
+#else
+# include <rx.h>
+#endif
 
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>

lib/safe-read.c

@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
    */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>
-# ifndef errno
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
 #include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
-char *xgetcwd __P((void));
+char *xgetcwd PARAMS ((void));
 
 /* Record the location of the current working directory in CWD so that
    the program may change to other directories and later use restore_cwd
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ save_cwd (cwd)
 	}
 # endif /* __sun__ || sun */
 #else
-#define fchdir(x) (abort (), 0)
+# define fchdir(x) (abort (), 0)
       have_working_fchdir = 0;
 #endif
     }
@@ -152,4 +152,3 @@ free_cwd (cwd)
   if (cwd->name)
     free (cwd->name);
 }
-

lib/save-cwd.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #ifndef SAVE_CWD_H
-#define SAVE_CWD_H 1
+# define SAVE_CWD_H 1
 
 struct saved_cwd
   {
@@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ struct saved_cwd
     char *name;
   };
 
-#ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
-int save_cwd __P((struct saved_cwd *cwd));
-int restore_cwd __P((const struct saved_cwd *cwd, const char *dest,
-		     const char *from));
-void free_cwd __P((struct saved_cwd *cwd));
+int save_cwd PARAMS ((struct saved_cwd *cwd));
+int restore_cwd PARAMS ((const struct saved_cwd *cwd, const char *dest,
+			 const char *from));
+void free_cwd PARAMS ((struct saved_cwd *cwd));
 
 #endif /* SAVE_CWD_H */

lib/savedir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H
@@ -46,23 +46,27 @@
 
 #ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
 /* Fake a return value. */
-#define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
+# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
 #else
-#define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
+# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 char *realloc ();
 #endif
 #ifndef NULL
-#define NULL 0
+# define NULL 0
 #endif
 
+#ifndef stpcpy
 char *stpcpy ();
+#endif
+
+#include "savedir.h"
 
 /* Return a freshly allocated string containing the filenames
    in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
@@ -73,8 +77,8 @@ char *stpcpy ();
 
 char *
 savedir (dir, name_size)
-     char *dir;
-     unsigned name_size;
+     const char *dir;
+     unsigned int name_size;
 {
   DIR *dirp;
   struct dirent *dp;

lib/savedir.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
+# define SAVEDIR_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *
+savedir PARAMS ((const char *dir, unsigned int name_size));
+
+#endif

lib/stat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby stat succeeds when
+   given the zero-length file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4
+   has this bug.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of stat to rpl_stat (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_stat on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef stat
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: describe.  */
+
+int
+rpl_stat (file, sbuf)
+     const char *file;
+     struct stat *sbuf;
+{
+  if (file && *file == 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return stat (file, sbuf);
+}

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -1,32 +1,51 @@
-/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
-    Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation.
+/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-    any later version.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#undef stpcpy
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
 #endif
 
 /* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
-
 char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
+__stpcpy (dest, src)
      char *dest;
      const char *src;
 {
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif

lib/strcspn.c

@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -11,14 +14,15 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -27,14 +31,16 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-/* Return the length of the maximum inital segment of S
+#undef strcspn
+
+/* Return the length of the maximum initial segment of S
    which contains no characters from REJECT.  */
 int
 strcspn (s, reject)
-     register char *s;
-     register char *reject;
+     const char *s;
+     const char *reject;
 {
-  register int count = 0;
+  int count = 0;
 
   while (*s != '\0')
     if (strchr (reject, *s++) == 0)

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,37 +1,51 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
+#ifndef _REENTRANT
+# define _REENTRANT 1
+#endif
+
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
 # define HAVE_MBLEN 1
 # define HAVE_MBRLEN 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY 1
 # define HAVE_TM_GMTOFF 1
 # define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1
+# define HAVE_TZNAME 1
+# define HAVE_TZSET 1
 # define MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE 1
 # define STDC_HEADERS 1
-# include <ansidecl.h>
 # include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
 #endif
 
+#if defined emacs && !defined HAVE_BCOPY
+# define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
 
 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
@@ -44,6 +58,9 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #  include <time.h>
 # endif
 #endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+extern char *tzname[];
+#endif
 
 /* Do multibyte processing if multibytes are supported, unless
    multibyte sequences are safe in formats.  Multibyte sequences are
@@ -74,27 +91,41 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 # include <stdlib.h>
 # include <string.h>
 #else
-# define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy (s, d, n)
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
+#  define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define MEMPCPY(d, s, n) __mempcpy (d, s, n)
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+#  define MEMPCPY(d, s, n) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (d, s, n) + (n)))
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
+# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
 #endif  /* Not __P.  */
 
 #ifndef PTR
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#define PTR void *
-#else
-#define PTR char *
-#endif
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define PTR void *
+# else
+#  define PTR char *
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
 #endif
 
 #define TYPE_SIGNED(t) ((t) -1 < 0)
@@ -112,7 +143,7 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #ifndef __isleap
 /* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
    except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
-#define __isleap(year)	\
+# define __isleap(year)	\
   ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
 #endif
 
@@ -120,11 +151,14 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define gmtime_r __gmtime_r
 # define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define tzname __tzname
+# define tzset __tzset
 #else
 # if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
 #  if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 /* Approximate gmtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
+#   undef gmtime_r
+#   define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
 static struct tm *gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 gmtime_r (t, tp)
@@ -140,7 +174,8 @@ gmtime_r (t, tp)
 #  endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
 
 /* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#define localtime_r my_localtime_r
+#  undef localtime_r
+#  define localtime_r my_ftime_localtime_r
 static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 localtime_r (t, tp)
@@ -154,41 +189,144 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   return tp;
 }
 # endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
-#endif /* ! defined (_LIBC) */
+#endif /* ! defined _LIBC */
 
 
-#define	add(n, f)							      \
+#if !defined memset && !defined HAVE_MEMSET && !defined _LIBC
+/* Some systems lack the `memset' function and we don't want to
+   introduce additional dependencies.  */
+/* The SGI compiler reportedly barfs on the trailing null
+   if we use a string constant as the initializer.  28 June 1997, rms.  */
+static const char spaces[16] = /* "                " */
+  { ' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ' };
+static const char zeroes[16] = /* "0000000000000000" */
+  { '0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0','0' };
+
+# define memset_space(P, Len) \
+  do {									      \
+    int _len = (Len);							      \
+									      \
+    do									      \
+      {									      \
+	int _this = _len > 16 ? 16 : _len;				      \
+	(P) = MEMPCPY ((P), spaces, _this);				      \
+	_len -= _this;							      \
+      }									      \
+    while (_len > 0);							      \
+  } while (0)
+
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) \
+  do {									      \
+    int _len = (Len);							      \
+									      \
+    do									      \
+      {									      \
+	int _this = _len > 16 ? 16 : _len;				      \
+	(P) = MEMPCPY ((P), zeroes, _this);				      \
+	_len -= _this;							      \
+      }									      \
+    while (_len > 0);							      \
+  } while (0)
+#else
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (memset ((P), ' ', (Len)), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (memset ((P), '0', (Len)), (P) += (Len))
+#endif
+
+#define add(n, f)							      \
   do									      \
     {									      \
-      i += (n);								      \
-      if (i >= maxsize)							      \
+      int _n = (n);							      \
+      int _delta = width - _n;						      \
+      int _incr = _n + (_delta > 0 ? _delta : 0);			      \
+      if (i + _incr >= maxsize)						      \
 	return 0;							      \
-      else								      \
-	if (p)								      \
-	  {								      \
-	    f;								      \
-	    p += (n);							      \
-	  }								      \
+      if (p)								      \
+	{								      \
+	  if (_delta > 0)						      \
+	    {								      \
+	      if (pad == '0')						      \
+		memset_zero (p, _delta);				      \
+	      else							      \
+		memset_space (p, _delta);				      \
+	    }								      \
+	  f;								      \
+	  p += _n;							      \
+	}								      \
+      i += _incr;							      \
     } while (0)
-#define	cpy(n, s)	add ((n), memcpy((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), (n)))
+
+#define cpy(n, s) \
+    add ((n),								      \
+	 if (to_lowcase)						      \
+	   memcpy_lowcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
+	 else if (to_uppcase)						      \
+	   memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
+	 else								      \
+	   memcpy ((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), _n))
+
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TOUPPER(Ch) toupper (Ch)
+# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
+#else
+# define TOUPPER(Ch) (islower (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+#endif
+/* We don't use `isdigit' here since the locale dependent
+   interpretation is not what we want here.  We only need to accept
+   the arabic digits in the ASCII range.  One day there is perhaps a
+   more reliable way to accept other sets of digits.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(Ch) ((unsigned int) (Ch) - '0' <= 9)
+
+static char *memcpy_lowcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));
+
+static char *
+memcpy_lowcase (dest, src, len)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOLOWER ((unsigned char) src[len]);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+static char *memcpy_uppcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));
+
+static char *
+memcpy_uppcase (dest, src, len)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOUPPER ((unsigned char) src[len]);
+  return dest;
+}
+
 
 #if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 /* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
    measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.  */
+# define tm_diff ftime_tm_diff
 static int tm_diff __P ((const struct tm *, const struct tm *));
 static int
 tm_diff (a, b)
      const struct tm *a;
      const struct tm *b;
 {
-  int ay = a->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE - 1;
-  int by = b->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE - 1;
-  /* Divide years by 100, rounding towards minus infinity.  */
-  int ac = ay / 100 - (ay % 100 < 0);
-  int bc = by / 100 - (by % 100 < 0);
-  int intervening_leap_days =
-    ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2)) - (ac - bc) + ((ac >> 2) - (bc >> 2));
-  int years = ay - by;
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = (a->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = (b->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+  int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
   int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
 	      + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
   return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
@@ -208,7 +346,7 @@ tm_diff (a, b)
 #define YDAY_MINIMUM (-366)
 static int iso_week_days __P ((int, int));
 #ifdef __GNUC__
-inline
+__inline__
 #endif
 static int
 iso_week_days (yday, wday)
@@ -223,7 +361,7 @@ iso_week_days (yday, wday)
 }
 
 
-#ifndef _NL_CURRENT
+#if !(defined _NL_CURRENT || HAVE_STRFTIME)
 static char const weekday_name[][10] =
   {
     "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday",
@@ -236,6 +374,43 @@ static char const month_name[][10] =
   };
 #endif
 
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# define my_strftime emacs_strftime
+ /* Emacs 20.2 uses `-Dstrftime=emacs_strftime' when compiling,
+    because that's how strftime used to be configured.
+    Undo this, since it gets in the way of accessing the underlying strftime,
+    which is needed for things like %Ec in Solaris.
+    The following two lines can be removed once Emacs stops compiling with
+    `-Dstrftime=emacs_strftime'.  */
+# undef strftime
+size_t strftime __P ((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
+#else
+# define my_strftime strftime
+#endif
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_TZNAME && HAVE_TZSET
+  /* Solaris 2.5 tzset sometimes modifies the storage returned by localtime.
+     Work around this bug by copying *tp before it might be munged.  */
+  size_t _strftime_copytm __P ((char *, size_t, const char *,
+			        const struct tm *));
+  size_t
+  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+      char *s;
+      size_t maxsize;
+      const char *format;
+      const struct tm *tp;
+  {
+    struct tm tmcopy;
+    tmcopy = *tp;
+    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy);
+  }
+# undef my_strftime
+# define my_strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
+  _strftime_copytm (S, Maxsize, Format, Tp)
+#endif
+
+
 /* Write information from TP into S according to the format
    string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
    (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of
@@ -243,11 +418,11 @@ static char const month_name[][10] =
    anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
    written, use NULL for S and (size_t) UINT_MAX for MAXSIZE.  */
 size_t
-strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
       char *s;
       size_t maxsize;
       const char *format;
-      register const struct tm *tp;
+      const struct tm *tp;
 {
   int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
@@ -257,13 +432,11 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
   const char *const f_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
   const char *const ampm = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
 					hour12 > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR);
-  size_t aw_len = strlen(a_wkday);
-  size_t am_len = strlen(a_month);
+  size_t aw_len = strlen (a_wkday);
+  size_t am_len = strlen (a_month);
   size_t ap_len = strlen (ampm);
-
-  const char *alt_digits = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ALT_DIGITS);
-  const char *end_alt_digits = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ALT_DIGITS + 1);
 #else
+# if !HAVE_STRFTIME
   const char *const f_wkday = weekday_name[tp->tm_wday];
   const char *const f_month = month_name[tp->tm_mon];
   const char *const a_wkday = f_wkday;
@@ -272,20 +445,36 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
   size_t aw_len = 3;
   size_t am_len = 3;
   size_t ap_len = 2;
+# endif
 #endif
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
   size_t wkday_len = strlen (f_wkday);
   size_t month_len = strlen (f_month);
+#endif
   const char *zone;
   size_t zonelen;
-  register size_t i = 0;
-  register char *p = s;
-  register const char *f;
+  size_t i = 0;
+  char *p = s;
+  const char *f;
 
-  zone = 0;
+  zone = NULL;
 #if HAVE_TM_ZONE
+  /* The POSIX test suite assumes that setting
+     the environment variable TZ to a new value before calling strftime()
+     will influence the result (the %Z format) even if the information in
+     TP is computed with a totally different time zone.
+     This is bogus: though POSIX allows bad behavior like this,
+     POSIX does not require it.  Do the right thing instead.  */
   zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
 #endif
 #if HAVE_TZNAME
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever strftime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+# if HAVE_TZSET
+  tzset ();
+# endif
+
   if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
     zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
 #endif
@@ -311,6 +500,11 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
       char buf[1 + (sizeof (int) < sizeof (time_t)
 		    ? INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t)
 		    : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))];
+      int width = -1;
+      int to_lowcase = 0;
+      int to_uppcase = 0;
+      int change_case = 0;
+      int format_char;
 
 #if DO_MULTIBYTE
 
@@ -385,20 +579,46 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 
 #endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
 
-      /* Check for flags that can modify a number format.  */
-      ++f;
-      switch (*f)
+      /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
+      pad = 0;
+      while (1)
 	{
-	case '_':
-	case '-':
-	  pad = *f++;
-	  break;
+	  switch (*++f)
+	    {
+	      /* This influences the number formats.  */
+	    case '_':
+	    case '-':
+	    case '0':
+	      pad = *f;
+	      continue;
 
-	default:
-	  pad = 0;
+	      /* This changes textual output.  */
+	    case '^':
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      continue;
+	    case '#':
+	      change_case = 1;
+	      continue;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
 	  break;
 	}
 
+      /* As a GNU extension we allow to specify the field width.  */
+      if (ISDIGIT (*f))
+	{
+	  width = 0;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      width *= 10;
+	      width += *f - '0';
+	      ++f;
+	    }
+	  while (ISDIGIT (*f));
+	}
+
       /* Check for modifiers.  */
       switch (*f)
 	{
@@ -413,16 +633,16 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	}
 
       /* Now do the specified format.  */
-      switch (*f)
+      format_char = *f;
+      switch (format_char)
 	{
 #define DO_NUMBER(d, v) \
-	  digits = d; number_value = v; goto do_number
+	  digits = width == -1 ? d : width;				      \
+	  number_value = v; goto do_number
 #define DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD(d, v) \
-	  digits = d; number_value = v; goto do_number_spacepad
+	  digits = width == -1 ? d : width;				      \
+	  number_value = v; goto do_number_spacepad
 
-	case '\0':		/* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
-	    --f;
-	    /* Fall through.  */
 	case '%':
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
@@ -432,27 +652,58 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	case 'a':
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  cpy (aw_len, a_wkday);
 	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
 
 	case 'A':
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  cpy (wkday_len, f_wkday);
 	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
 
 	case 'b':
 	case 'h':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  cpy (am_len, a_month);
 	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
 
 	case 'B':
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  cpy (month_len, f_month);
 	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
 
 	case 'c':
 	  if (modifier == 'O')
@@ -462,24 +713,72 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		 && *(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ERA_D_T_FMT)) != '\0'))
 	    subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, D_T_FMT);
 #else
-	  subfmt = "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y";
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+# else
+	  subfmt = "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y";
+# endif
 #endif
 
 	subformat:
 	  {
-	    size_t len = strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
+	    char *old_start = p;
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
 	    if (len == 0 && *subfmt)
 	      return 0;
-	    add (len, ;);
+	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));
+
+	    if (to_uppcase)
+	      while (old_start < p)
+		{
+		  *old_start = TOUPPER ((unsigned char) *old_start);
+		  ++old_start;
+		}
 	  }
 	  break;
 
+#if HAVE_STRFTIME && ! (defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY)
+	underlying_strftime:
+	  {
+	    /* The relevant information is available only via the
+	       underlying strftime implementation, so use that.  */
+	    char ufmt[4];
+	    char *u = ufmt;
+	    char ubuf[1024]; /* enough for any single format in practice */
+	    size_t len;
+	    *u++ = '%';
+	    if (modifier != 0)
+	      *u++ = modifier;
+	    *u++ = format_char;
+	    *u = '\0';
+	    len = strftime (ubuf, sizeof ubuf, ufmt, tp);
+	    if (len == 0)
+	      return 0;
+	    cpy (len, ubuf);
+	  }
+	  break;
+#endif
+
 	case 'C':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  if (modifier == 'O')
 	    goto bad_format;
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  /* XXX %EC is not implemented yet.  */
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  size_t len = strlen (era->name_fmt);
+		  cpy (len, era->name_fmt);
+		  break;
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
 #endif
+	    }
+
 	  {
 	    int year = tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE;
 	    DO_NUMBER (1, year / 100 - (year % 100 < 0));
@@ -493,8 +792,13 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		 && *(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ERA_D_FMT)) != '\0'))
 	    subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, D_FMT);
 	  goto subformat;
-#endif
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+# else
 	  /* Fall through.  */
+# endif
+#endif
 	case 'D':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
@@ -517,26 +821,21 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	     jump to one of these two labels.  */
 
 	do_number_spacepad:
-	  /* Force `_' flag.  */
-	  pad = '_';
+	  /* Force `_' flag unless overwritten by `0' flag.  */
+	  if (pad != '0')
+	    pad = '_';
 
 	do_number:
 	  /* Format the number according to the MODIFIER flag.  */
 
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (modifier == 'O')
+	  if (modifier == 'O' && 0 <= number_value)
 	    {
-	      /* ALT_DIGITS is the first entry in an array with
-		 alternative digit symbols.  We have to find string
-		 number NUMBER_VALUE, but must not look beyond
-		 END_ALT_DIGITS.  */
-	      int run = number_value;
-	      const char *cp = alt_digits;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	      /* Get the locale specific alternate representation of
+		 the number NUMBER_VALUE.  If none exist NULL is returned.  */
+	      const char *cp = _nl_get_alt_digit (number_value);
 
-	      while (run > 0 && cp < end_alt_digits)
-		cp = strchr (cp, '\0') + 1;
-
-	      if (cp < end_alt_digits)
+	      if (cp != NULL)
 		{
 		  size_t digitlen = strlen (cp);
 		  if (digitlen != 0)
@@ -545,8 +844,12 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		      break;
 		    }
 		}
-	    }
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
 #endif
+	    }
 	  {
 	    unsigned int u = number_value;
 
@@ -587,6 +890,11 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  cpy (buf + sizeof (buf) - bufp, bufp);
 	  break;
 
+	case 'F':
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  subfmt = "%Y-%m-%d";
+	  goto subformat;
 
 	case 'H':
 	  if (modifier == 'E')
@@ -634,9 +942,25 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  add (1, *p = '\n');
 	  break;
 
+	case 'P':
+	  to_lowcase = 1;
+#if !defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  format_char = 'p';
+#endif
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
 	case 'p':
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 0;
+	      to_lowcase = 1;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  cpy (ap_len, ampm);
 	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
 
 	case 'R':		/* GNU extension.  */
 	  subfmt = "%H:%M";
@@ -644,22 +968,24 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 
 	case 'r':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, T_FMT_AMPM);
-#else
-	  subfmt = "%I:%M:%S %p";
+	  if (*(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, T_FMT_AMPM)) == '\0')
 #endif
+	    subfmt = "%I:%M:%S %p";
 	  goto subformat;
 
 	case 'S':
 	  if (modifier == 'E')
-	    return 0;
+	    goto bad_format;
 
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_sec);
 
 	case 's':		/* GNU extension.  */
   	  {
-	    struct tm ltm = *tp;
-	    time_t t = mktime (&ltm);
+	    struct tm ltm;
+	    time_t t;
+
+	    ltm = *tp;
+	    t = mktime (&ltm);
 
 	    /* Generate string value for T using time_t arithmetic;
 	       this works even if sizeof (long) < sizeof (time_t).  */
@@ -700,8 +1026,13 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		 && *(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ERA_T_FMT)) != '\0'))
 	    subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, T_FMT);
 	  goto subformat;
-#endif
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+# else
 	  /* Fall through.  */
+# endif
+#endif
 	case 'T':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  subfmt = "%H:%M:%S";
 	  goto subformat;
@@ -710,6 +1041,7 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  add (1, *p = '\t');
 	  break;
 
+	case 'f':
 	case 'u':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  DO_NUMBER (1, (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 1);
 
@@ -773,24 +1105,52 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_wday);
 
 	case 'Y':
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (modifier == 'E'
-	      && *(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ERA_YEAR)) != '\0')
-	    goto subformat;
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  subfmt = strchr (era->name_fmt, '\0') + 1;
+		  goto subformat;
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
 #endif
+	    }
 	  if (modifier == 'O')
 	    goto bad_format;
 	  else
 	    DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE);
 
 	case 'y':
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  /* XXX %Ey is not implemented yet.  */
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  int delta = tp->tm_year - era->start_date[0];
+		  DO_NUMBER (1, (era->offset
+				 + (era->direction == '-' ? -delta : delta)));
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
 #endif
+	    }
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_year % 100 + 100) % 100);
 
 	case 'Z':
-	  cpy(zonelen, zone);
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 0;
+	      to_lowcase = 1;
+	    }
+	  cpy (zonelen, zone);
 	  break;
 
 	case 'z':		/* GNU extension.  */
@@ -803,8 +1163,11 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
 #else
 	    struct tm gtm;
-	    struct tm ltm = *tp;
-	    time_t lt = mktime (&ltm);
+	    struct tm ltm;
+	    time_t lt;
+
+	    ltm = *tp;
+	    lt = mktime (&ltm);
 
 	    if (lt == (time_t) -1)
 	      {
@@ -841,6 +1204,9 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    DO_NUMBER (4, (diff / 60) * 100 + diff % 60);
 	  }
 
+	case '\0':		/* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
+	    --f;
+	    /* Fall through.  */
 	default:
 	  /* Unknown format; output the format, including the '%',
 	     since this is most likely the right thing to do if a
@@ -848,7 +1214,7 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	bad_format:
 	  {
 	    int flen;
-	    for (flen = 2; f[1 - flen] != '%'; flen++)
+	    for (flen = 1; f[1 - flen] != '%'; flen++)
 	      continue;
 	    cpy (flen, &f[1 - flen]);
 	  }

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif